1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
37 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
39 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
40 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
42 % for customized page headers/footers
43 % only needed because they are only used in one section of the document
45 % change header rule width
46 \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{2pt}
48 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
49 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
50 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
52 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
54 \options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
55 \use_default_options false
60 \maintain_unincluded_children false
62 \language_package default
67 \font_typewriter default
68 \font_default_family default
69 \use_non_tex_fonts false
76 \default_output_format default
78 \bibtex_command default
79 \index_command default
83 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
84 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
88 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
89 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
90 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
95 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
96 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
106 \paperorientation portrait
109 \notefontcolor #0000ff
126 \paragraph_separation indent
127 \paragraph_indentation default
128 \quotes_language english
131 \paperpagestyle default
132 \tracking_changes true
133 \output_changes false
138 \author 2090807402 "usti"
152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
154 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
156 \begin_inset CommandInset href
158 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
169 \begin_inset Newline newline
173 \begin_inset Newline newline
177 \begin_inset Note Note
180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
181 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
182 \begin_inset Newline newline
187 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
195 \begin_layout Standard
196 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
197 LatexCommand tableofcontents
204 \begin_layout Chapter
208 \begin_layout Section
212 \begin_layout Standard
213 LyX is a document preparation system.
214 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
215 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
216 It is unlike most other
217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
224 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
226 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
239 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
242 pt type, left justified, 5
243 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
251 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
255 \begin_layout Standard
256 This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the
259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
269 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
273 \begin_layout Standard
275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
286 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
287 the format of all of the manuals.
288 If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
289 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
306 \begin_layout Section
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
313 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
314 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
318 \begin_layout Standard
319 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
320 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
321 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
323 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
324 only a vertical scrollbar.
325 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
326 The first case is large images.
327 To avoid that they are displayed larger than your screen, use in the image
334 LaTeX and LyX options
337 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
339 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
340 this doesn't work for equations yet.
343 \begin_layout Standard
344 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
352 reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
359 \begin_layout Section
363 \begin_layout Standard
364 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
365 You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX.
366 Just select the manual you want to read from the
373 \begin_layout Section
375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
377 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
384 \begin_layout Standard
385 Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu
387 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
391 \begin_inset Index idx
394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
400 LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
401 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
402 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
404 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
405 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
410 \begin_inset space \space{}
413 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
414 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
416 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
420 \begin_inset Index idx
423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
424 Reconfiguration of LyX
429 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
432 \begin_layout Section
434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
436 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
443 \begin_layout Standard
444 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
445 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
447 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
448 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
452 \begin_layout Standard
453 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
455 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
456 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
459 \begin_layout Standard
460 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
461 you can view from the menu
463 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
482 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
483 reconfigure LyX (menu
485 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
489 \begin_inset Note Note
492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
493 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
498 \begin_inset Quotes erd
501 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
502 More about TeX Code is described in section
507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
509 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
513 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
520 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
530 \begin_inset Index idx
533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
534 Reconfiguration of LyX
539 See section 5.1 of the
543 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
546 \begin_layout Chapter
550 \begin_layout Section
551 Basic File Operations
552 \begin_inset Index idx
555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
564 \begin_layout Standard
569 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
570 in addition to some more advanced operations:
573 \begin_layout Itemize
585 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_layout Itemize
615 \begin_layout Itemize
621 \begin_layout Itemize
633 \begin_layout Itemize
643 \begin_layout Itemize
657 \begin_layout Itemize
667 \begin_layout Itemize
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Itemize
685 arg "dialog-show print"
691 \begin_layout Itemize
697 \begin_layout Standard
698 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
699 a few minor differences.
702 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
717 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
718 you for a template to use.
719 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
720 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
721 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
723 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
729 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
736 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
754 \begin_inset Quotes eld
758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
769 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
770 space is just that — a big, blank space.
778 \begin_layout Standard
799 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
804 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
829 will reload the document from disk.
830 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
831 and want to restore it to the last save.
840 you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify
841 them as your changes.
844 \begin_layout Section
845 Basic Editing Features
846 \begin_inset Index idx
849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
856 \begin_inset CommandInset label
858 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
865 \begin_layout Standard
866 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
867 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
868 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
869 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
871 We will start with cut and paste.
874 \begin_layout Standard
875 As you might expect, the
879 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
880 various other editing features.
881 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
885 \begin_layout Itemize
899 \begin_layout Itemize
913 \begin_layout Itemize
927 \begin_layout Itemize
937 \begin_layout Itemize
947 \begin_layout Itemize
963 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
969 \begin_layout Standard
970 The first three are self-explanatory.
972 \begin_inset Index idx
975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
981 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
990 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
993 \begin_layout Standard
996 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1003 \begin_inset space ~
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1012 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1018 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1028 will start a new paragraph.
1031 \begin_layout Standard
1032 \begin_inset Index idx
1035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1042 \begin_inset Index idx
1045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1053 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1055 \begin_inset space ~
1059 \begin_inset space ~
1067 \begin_inset space ~
1071 \begin_inset space ~
1077 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1082 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1085 \begin_inset space ~
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1099 button to skip the current word.
1103 \begin_inset space ~
1108 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1112 \begin_inset space ~
1117 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1119 If the toggle is set, searching for
1120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1131 will not match the word
1132 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1146 Match whole words only
1148 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1177 LyX offers also an advanced
1180 \begin_inset space ~
1184 \begin_inset space ~
1189 feature that is described in sec.
1190 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1196 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1203 \begin_layout Standard
1204 Things like notes, floats, etc.
1205 \begin_inset space \space{}
1209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1217 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1219 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1224 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1231 \begin_layout Standard
1232 The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
1235 arg "inset-select-all"
1241 arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
1244 selects the whole document.
1247 \begin_layout Section
1249 \begin_inset Index idx
1252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1259 \begin_inset Index idx
1262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1271 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1278 \begin_layout Standard
1279 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1280 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1283 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1286 or the toolbar button
1292 to undo some mistake.
1293 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1295 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1298 or the toolbar button
1305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1312 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1313 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1316 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1319 \begin_layout Standard
1320 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1329 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1330 This is a consequence of the 100
1331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1334 step undo limit, above.
1337 \begin_layout Standard
1346 work on almost everything in LyX.
1347 But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1351 \begin_layout Section
1353 \begin_inset Index idx
1356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1365 \begin_layout Standard
1366 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1369 \begin_layout Enumerate
1374 \begin_layout Itemize
1379 once anywhere in the edit window.
1380 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1384 \begin_layout Enumerate
1389 \begin_layout Itemize
1395 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1398 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1401 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1404 \begin_layout Itemize
1405 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1407 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1414 \begin_layout Enumerate
1415 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1419 \begin_layout Standard
1420 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1421 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1425 \begin_layout Section
1427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1429 name "sec:Navigating"
1434 \begin_inset Index idx
1437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1446 \begin_layout Standard
1447 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1450 \begin_layout Itemize
1455 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1456 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1459 \begin_layout Itemize
1460 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1462 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1465 or by the toolbar button
1468 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1474 \begin_layout Itemize
1475 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1477 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1480 and use the same menu to return to them.
1481 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1484 \begin_layout Standard
1488 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1493 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1494 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1496 \begin_inset space ~
1501 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1502 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1503 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1504 your last editing position.
1507 \begin_layout Standard
1512 key the cursor will be vertically centered in LyX's main window.
1515 \begin_layout Subsection
1517 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1519 name "sub:The-Outliner"
1526 \begin_layout Standard
1527 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1528 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1529 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1531 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1537 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1541 ), or notes, or citations (see sec.
1542 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1546 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1548 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1553 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1557 \begin_layout Standard
1558 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline opens in many cases a context
1559 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1560 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1561 dialog and to modify the citation.
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1567 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1568 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1576 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1579 \begin_layout Standard
1580 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1581 you further to control the display.
1586 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1587 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1593 option keeps it in the current view state.
1594 Keeping means that when you have e.
1595 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1599 \begin_inset space \space{}
1602 the subsections of section
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1606 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1607 \begin_inset space ~
1610 3, the subsections of section
1611 \begin_inset space ~
1614 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1619 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1620 \begin_inset space ~
1624 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1634 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1637 \begin_layout Standard
1639 \begin_inset space \space{}
1643 \begin_inset Graphics
1644 filename ../images/reload.png
1649 \begin_inset space ~
1652 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1653 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1656 \begin_inset space \space{}
1660 \begin_inset Graphics
1661 filename ../images/down.png
1663 groupId toolbarbuttons
1668 \begin_inset space ~
1672 \begin_inset space \space{}
1676 \begin_inset Graphics
1677 filename ../images/up.png
1679 groupId toolbarbuttons
1684 \begin_inset space ~
1687 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1688 So, for example, you can move section
1689 \begin_inset space ~
1693 \begin_inset space ~
1696 2.4 or after section
1697 \begin_inset space ~
1701 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1703 \begin_inset Graphics
1704 filename ../images/promote.png
1706 groupId toolbarbuttons
1711 \begin_inset Graphics
1712 filename ../images/demote.png
1714 groupId toolbarbuttons
1718 (or the corresponding key bindings
1726 ) you can change the level of sections.
1727 So you can for example make section
1728 \begin_inset space ~
1732 \begin_inset space ~
1736 \begin_inset space ~
1742 \begin_layout Section
1743 Input / Word Completion
1744 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1746 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1751 \begin_inset Index idx
1754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1761 \begin_inset Index idx
1764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1795 \begin_layout Standard
1796 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1798 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1799 is used to propose completions.
1802 \begin_layout Standard
1803 The input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
1805 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1810 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1817 \begin_inset space ~
1821 \begin_inset space ~
1826 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor.
1830 \begin_inset space ~
1835 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1836 The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
1840 \begin_inset space ~
1846 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
1847 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
1850 \begin_layout Standard
1851 LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as an indicator that there
1852 are completions available.
1857 key to accept a proposed completion.
1858 If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1859 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1860 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1867 \begin_layout Standard
1868 The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
1869 ing options for text.
1870 The special math option
1874 enables that characters can be composed.
1875 If you for example want to insert the character
1876 \begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
1879 , you can then input the characters
1880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1891 to a formula to get it.
1892 So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the usage
1893 of the math toolbar.
1894 A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
1898 that is somewhere in LyX's installation folder.
1899 Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
1908 \begin_layout Section
1910 \begin_inset Index idx
1913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1920 \begin_inset Index idx
1923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1952 \begin_inset Index idx
1955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1986 \begin_layout Standard
1987 There are at least two different primary binding maps:
2000 , which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
2002 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2008 \begin_layout Standard
2012 \begin_inset space ~
2020 \begin_inset space ~
2041 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
2045 \begin_layout Labeling
2046 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2050 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2051 LatexCommand nomenclature
2053 description "Tabulator key"
2059 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2060 If you do not understand this, go read sections
2061 \begin_inset space ~
2065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2067 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2074 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2078 , especially section
2079 \begin_inset space ~
2083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2085 reference "sub:Lists"
2091 If you're still confused, look in the
2096 \begin_inset Newline newline
2099 In LyX the Tab key is only used to accept propositions of the input completion.
2102 \begin_layout Labeling
2103 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2107 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2108 LatexCommand nomenclature
2110 description "Escape key"
2117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2124 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2125 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2128 \begin_layout Labeling
2129 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2135 \begin_inset space ~
2139 \begin_inset space ~
2146 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2147 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2151 \begin_layout Standard
2152 There are three modifier keys:
2155 \begin_layout Labeling
2156 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2174 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2175 LatexCommand nomenclature
2177 description "Control key"
2181 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2182 on which keys it is used in combination with:
2186 \begin_layout Itemize
2195 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2198 \begin_layout Itemize
2207 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2210 \begin_layout Itemize
2219 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2223 \begin_layout Labeling
2224 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2242 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2243 LatexCommand nomenclature
2245 description "Shift key"
2249 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
2250 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2253 \begin_layout Labeling
2254 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2272 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2273 LatexCommand nomenclature
2275 description "Alt or Meta key"
2279 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2280 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2281 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2287 \begin_inset Newline newline
2290 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2292 menu accelerator keys
2295 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2296 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2300 \begin_layout Standard
2301 For example, the sequence
2302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2308 \begin_inset space ~
2312 \begin_inset space ~
2318 \begin_inset space ~
2326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2345 \begin_inset space ~
2351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2361 \begin_layout Standard
2366 manual lists all other things bound to the
2374 \begin_layout Standard
2375 You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
2376 LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
2377 at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action
2378 you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
2379 The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
2380 The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
2381 in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
2383 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2384 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2399 followed by a capital
2406 \begin_layout Standard
2407 You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
2409 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2414 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2417 as explained in sec.
2418 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2424 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2431 \begin_layout Chapter
2433 \begin_inset Index idx
2436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2445 \begin_layout Section
2447 \begin_inset Index idx
2450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2459 \begin_layout Subsection
2463 \begin_layout Standard
2464 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2465 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2466 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2467 numbering schemes, and so on.
2468 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2469 and format the title of your document differently.
2472 \begin_layout Standard
2477 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2478 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2479 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2480 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2481 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2484 \begin_layout Standard
2485 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2486 how to adjust their properties.
2489 \begin_layout Subsection
2491 \begin_inset Index idx
2494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2503 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2510 \begin_layout Standard
2511 You can select a class using the
2513 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2514 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2518 \begin_inset Index idx
2521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2528 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2532 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2536 \begin_layout Standard
2537 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2541 \begin_layout Description
2542 Article for basic articles
2545 \begin_layout Description
2546 Report for basic reports
2549 \begin_layout Description
2550 Book for writing a book
2553 \begin_layout Description
2554 Letter for US-style letters
2557 \begin_layout Standard
2558 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2559 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2560 will include many of these.
2561 Here are some of the classes.
2562 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2564 Special Document Classes
2573 \begin_layout Description
2574 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2577 \begin_layout Description
2578 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2582 \begin_layout Description
2583 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2587 \begin_layout Description
2588 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2589 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2590 There are three article layouts available.
2591 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2592 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2593 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2594 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2599 sequential numbering
2600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2603 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2604 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2605 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2606 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2609 \begin_layout Description
2610 Beamer Layout for presentations
2613 \begin_layout Description
2614 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2615 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2619 \begin_layout Description
2620 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2623 \begin_layout Description
2625 \begin_inset space ~
2628 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2631 \begin_layout Description
2632 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2635 \begin_layout Description
2636 Foils Used to make transparencies
2639 \begin_layout Description
2640 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2641 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
2645 \begin_layout Description
2646 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2647 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2650 \begin_layout Description
2651 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2654 \begin_layout Description
2655 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2658 \begin_layout Description
2659 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2660 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2661 (Is used by this document.)
2664 \begin_layout Description
2665 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2668 \begin_layout Description
2669 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2672 \begin_layout Description
2677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2684 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2685 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2687 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2690 \begin_layout Description
2691 Slides Used to make transparencies
2694 \begin_layout Description
2696 \begin_inset space ~
2699 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2700 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2703 \begin_layout Description
2704 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2707 \begin_layout Standard
2708 We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
2710 You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
2716 Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all
2717 of the document classes.
2720 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2724 \begin_layout Standard
2725 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2727 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2728 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2730 \begin_inset Index idx
2733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2750 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2751 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2753 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2756 \begin_layout Standard
2758 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2759 and some of them, like
2763 , are highly specialized.
2764 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2765 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2767 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2768 by some document class.
2769 There are just too many of them.
2770 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2773 \begin_layout Standard
2774 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2782 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2783 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2784 document class for a new file.
2785 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2790 Installing new LaTeX files
2791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2798 manual for information on how to install them.
2799 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2805 \begin_layout Standard
2806 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2807 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2809 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2810 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2811 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2813 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2816 \begin_inset space ~
2823 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2826 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2835 \begin_inset Index idx
2838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2847 \begin_layout Standard
2848 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2849 chosen document class.
2850 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2851 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2858 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2862 \begin_inset Index idx
2865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2872 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2876 \begin_layout Standard
2877 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2878 always installed by default.
2879 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2880 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2881 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2882 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2883 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2884 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2885 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2888 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2892 \begin_inset Index idx
2895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2896 Reconfiguration of LyX
2902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2905 Installing new LaTeX files
2906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2913 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2916 \begin_layout Standard
2917 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2925 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2926 LyX will advise you about these things.
2934 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2936 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2938 name "sub:Local-Layout"
2943 \begin_inset Index idx
2946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2947 Document ! Local Layout
2955 \begin_layout Standard
2956 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2957 used in a variety of different documents.
2958 If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
2959 documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
2960 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
2961 need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
2962 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2963 What you want is LyX's
2964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2980 manual for information on how to use it.
2983 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2987 \begin_layout Standard
2988 Each class has a default set of options.
2989 Here's a quick table describing them:
2992 \begin_layout Standard
2993 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2999 \begin_layout Standard
3001 \begin_inset Tabular
3002 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
3003 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
3004 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3005 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3006 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3007 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3008 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
3010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3462 \begin_layout Standard
3463 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3469 \begin_layout Standard
3470 You're probably also wondering what
3471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3475 \begin_inset space ~
3479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3483 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3484 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3489 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3494 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3504 headings, there are also
3512 headings, and so on.
3513 We will describe these headings fully in section
3514 \begin_inset space ~
3518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3520 reference "sub:Headings"
3527 \begin_layout Subsection
3529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3531 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3536 \begin_inset Index idx
3539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3548 \begin_inset Index idx
3551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3560 \begin_layout Standard
3561 The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu
3563 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3570 \begin_inset space ~
3578 \begin_inset space ~
3583 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3585 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3586 to use for your document.
3587 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3591 \begin_layout Standard
3598 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3604 \begin_inset space ~
3609 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3610 You can choose between the following five options:
3613 \begin_layout Labeling
3614 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3619 Use default page style of current class.
3622 \begin_layout Labeling
3623 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3628 No page numbers or headings.
3631 \begin_layout Labeling
3632 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3640 \begin_layout Labeling
3641 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3646 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3647 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3648 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3651 \begin_layout Labeling
3652 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3657 This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
3658 have the LaTeX-package
3663 \begin_inset Index idx
3666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3667 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3673 How they are defined is explained in section
3674 \begin_inset space ~
3678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3680 reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
3687 \begin_layout Standard
3688 The separation of paragraphs is described in section
3689 \begin_inset space ~
3693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3695 reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
3702 \begin_layout Subsection
3703 Paper Size and Orientation
3704 \begin_inset Index idx
3707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3708 Document ! Paper size
3714 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3716 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
3723 \begin_layout Standard
3724 You can find the following options in the menu
3727 \begin_inset space ~
3734 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3740 \begin_inset Index idx
3743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3752 \begin_layout Labeling
3753 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3757 \begin_inset space ~
3762 What size paper to print on.
3767 \begin_layout Itemize
3773 \begin_layout Itemize
3779 \begin_layout Itemize
3785 \begin_layout Itemize
3791 \begin_layout Itemize
3794 US letter, US legal, US executive
3797 \begin_layout Itemize
3803 \begin_layout Itemize
3810 \begin_layout Labeling
3811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3816 To choose whether to output as
3827 \begin_layout Labeling
3828 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3832 \begin_inset space ~
3837 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3838 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3841 \begin_layout Subsection
3843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3850 \begin_inset Index idx
3853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3860 \begin_inset Index idx
3863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3872 \begin_layout Standard
3873 Paper margins are set in the menu
3875 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3879 \begin_inset Index idx
3882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3891 \begin_layout Standard
3892 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3893 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
3894 the paper format and the font size into account.
3897 \begin_layout Subsection
3901 \begin_layout Standard
3902 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3907 That includes the paragraph environments.
3908 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3909 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3910 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3911 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3920 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3922 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3923 will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph
3924 s manually to a style present in your new document class.
3927 \begin_layout Section
3928 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3929 \begin_inset Index idx
3932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3933 Paragraph ! Indentation
3941 \begin_layout Subsection
3943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3945 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3952 \begin_layout Standard
3953 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3954 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3957 \begin_layout Standard
3958 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3959 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3960 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3961 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3965 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3971 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3972 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3973 language than English.
3974 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3977 \begin_layout Standard
3978 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3979 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3981 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3982 LyX takes care of that.
3983 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3985 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3986 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3987 of a page, and so on.
3991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3992 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3997 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3998 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4002 of these pre-coded spacings.
4003 We will explain more later.
4006 \begin_layout Subsection
4007 Paragraph Separation
4008 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4010 name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
4015 \begin_inset Index idx
4018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4019 Paragraph ! Separation
4027 \begin_layout Standard
4028 To separate paragraphs, select
4039 \begin_inset space ~
4046 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4050 \begin_inset Index idx
4053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4059 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4062 \begin_layout Subsection
4066 \begin_layout Standard
4067 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4070 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4072 \begin_inset space ~
4077 dialog and toggle the
4080 \begin_inset space ~
4085 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4088 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4092 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4093 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4097 \begin_layout Standard
4098 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4099 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4102 \begin_layout Subsection
4104 \begin_inset Index idx
4107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4108 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4116 \begin_layout Standard
4119 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4123 \begin_inset Index idx
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4135 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4138 \begin_inset space ~
4147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4148 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4153 \begin_inset Index idx
4156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4157 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4162 installed to use this feature.
4170 \begin_layout Section
4171 Paragraph Environments
4172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4174 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4179 \begin_inset Index idx
4182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4183 Paragraph ! Environments
4189 \begin_inset Index idx
4192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4193 Paragraph environments|(
4201 \begin_layout Subsection
4205 \begin_layout Standard
4206 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4209 \begin_layout Standard
4228 \begin_inset Newline newline
4231 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4232 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4233 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4242 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4245 \begin_layout Standard
4246 A paragraph environment is simply a
4247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4254 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4255 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4256 scheme, labels, and so on.
4257 Additionally, you can
4258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4265 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4266 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4267 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4268 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4269 days of typewriters.
4270 There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular
4272 We will only be covering the most common ones here.
4275 \begin_layout Standard
4276 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4277 \begin_inset Graphics
4278 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4284 at the left end of the toolbar.
4285 LyX will change the environment of the
4289 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4290 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4291 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4295 \begin_layout Standard
4304 create a new paragraph using the
4308 paragraph environment.
4310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4317 because if you are in one of these environments:
4320 \begin_layout Itemize
4326 \begin_layout Itemize
4332 \begin_layout Itemize
4338 \begin_layout Itemize
4344 \begin_layout Itemize
4350 \begin_layout Itemize
4356 \begin_layout Itemize
4362 \begin_layout Standard
4363 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4367 , rather than resetting it to
4372 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4373 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4374 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4375 \begin_inset space ~
4379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4381 reference "sec:Nesting"
4386 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4391 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4392 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4396 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4402 \begin_layout Subsection
4406 \begin_layout Standard
4407 The default paragraph environment is
4412 It creates a plain paragraph.
4413 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4414 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4415 this manual) are in the
4422 \begin_layout Standard
4423 You can nest a paragraph using the
4427 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4435 \begin_layout Subsection
4437 \begin_inset Index idx
4440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4449 \begin_layout Standard
4450 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4459 for thanks or contact information.
4460 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4461 page along with today's date.
4462 For other types of documents, the title
4463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4470 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4474 \begin_layout Standard
4475 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4489 Here's how you use them:
4492 \begin_layout Itemize
4493 Put the title of your document in the
4500 \begin_layout Itemize
4501 Put the author name in the
4508 \begin_layout Itemize
4509 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4510 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4516 Note that using this environment is optional.
4517 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4518 If you don't want any date, add the line
4519 \begin_inset Newline newline
4529 \begin_inset Newline newline
4532 to the preamble of your document (menu
4534 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4540 \begin_layout Standard
4541 You can use footnotes to insert
4542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4549 or contact information.
4552 \begin_layout Subsection
4554 \begin_inset Index idx
4557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4564 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4573 \begin_layout Standard
4574 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4575 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4578 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4580 \begin_inset Index idx
4583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4584 Section headings ! Numbered
4592 \begin_layout Standard
4593 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4597 \begin_layout Enumerate
4603 \begin_layout Enumerate
4609 \begin_layout Enumerate
4615 \begin_layout Enumerate
4621 \begin_layout Enumerate
4627 \begin_layout Enumerate
4633 \begin_layout Enumerate
4639 \begin_layout Standard
4640 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4641 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4642 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4645 \begin_layout Standard
4646 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4647 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4648 You group the book into chapters.
4649 LyX does similar grouping:
4652 \begin_layout Itemize
4657 is divided into either
4668 \begin_layout Itemize
4680 \begin_layout Itemize
4692 \begin_layout Itemize
4704 \begin_layout Itemize
4716 \begin_layout Itemize
4728 \begin_layout Standard
4729 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4737 Not all document types use the
4741 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4746 is the top-level heading.
4754 \begin_layout Standard
4759 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4760 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4762 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4774 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4776 \begin_inset Index idx
4779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4780 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4788 \begin_layout Standard
4789 The unnumbered section headings have a
4790 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4797 at the end of their name.
4798 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
4799 the table of contents, see section
4800 \begin_inset space ~
4804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4813 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4814 Changing the Numbering
4815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4817 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4824 \begin_layout Standard
4825 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4826 in the Table of Contents.
4827 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4829 Certain classes start with
4843 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4853 This is something you can change.
4856 \begin_layout Standard
4859 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4863 \begin_inset Index idx
4866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4875 \begin_inset space ~
4879 \begin_inset space ~
4884 you will see two counters.
4889 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4891 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4895 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4896 Short Titles of Headings
4897 \begin_inset Index idx
4900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4901 Section headings ! Short titles
4907 \begin_inset Argument
4910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4917 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4919 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4926 \begin_layout Standard
4927 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4928 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4929 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4930 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4933 \begin_layout Standard
4934 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4935 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4936 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4937 To specify a short title, use the menu
4939 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4941 \begin_inset space ~
4947 This will insert a box labeled
4948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4963 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4964 This also works for captions inside floats.
4967 \begin_layout Standard
4968 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4971 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4975 \begin_layout Standard
4976 The following information applies to all section headings:
4979 \begin_layout Itemize
4980 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4983 \begin_layout Itemize
4984 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4987 \begin_layout Itemize
4988 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4991 \begin_layout Itemize
4992 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4995 \begin_layout Subsection
4996 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4999 \begin_layout Standard
5000 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5014 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5015 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5016 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5017 the text they contain.
5018 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5026 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5029 \begin_layout Standard
5030 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5039 when you start a new paragraph.
5040 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5044 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5045 Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you
5046 have to change back to the
5050 environment yourself.
5059 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5066 \begin_inset Index idx
5069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5078 \begin_layout Standard
5079 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5080 time for the differences.
5089 are identical except for one difference:
5093 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5102 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5105 \begin_layout Standard
5106 Here's an example of the
5119 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5121 See – no indentation!
5125 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5126 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5127 the other paragraph.
5130 \begin_layout Standard
5131 Here's another example, this time in the
5138 \begin_layout Quotation
5144 If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
5145 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5146 the first line, then
5150 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5154 you were quoting other text.
5157 \begin_layout Quotation
5158 Here's a new paragraph.
5159 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5160 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5163 \begin_layout Standard
5164 As the examples show,
5168 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5169 They should put quotes in the
5174 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5178 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5181 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5187 \begin_inset Index idx
5190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5199 \begin_inset Index idx
5202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5218 \begin_layout Standard
5223 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5229 \begin_inset Newline newline
5232 Which I did not rehearse!
5236 It could be much worse.
5237 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5239 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5240 indented a bit more than the first.
5241 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5247 \begin_inset Newline newline
5250 And make things look fine
5251 \begin_inset Newline newline
5257 arg "newline-insert newline"
5263 \begin_layout Standard
5268 does not indent both margins.
5269 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5270 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5277 arg "newline-insert newline"
5283 \begin_layout Subsection
5285 \begin_inset Index idx
5288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5295 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5304 \begin_layout Standard
5305 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5315 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5324 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5325 We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
5326 describing some general features of all four of them.
5329 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5333 \begin_layout Standard
5334 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5336 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5345 reset the environment to
5349 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5350 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5351 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5355 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5358 to break paragraphs.
5361 \begin_layout Standard
5362 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5363 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5365 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5366 you read all of section
5367 \begin_inset space ~
5371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5373 reference "sec:Nesting"
5381 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5387 \begin_inset Index idx
5390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5406 \begin_layout Standard
5407 The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
5411 paragraph environment.
5412 It has the following properties:
5415 \begin_layout Itemize
5416 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5420 \begin_layout Itemize
5421 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5424 \begin_layout Itemize
5425 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5429 \begin_layout Itemize
5430 The items can have any length.
5431 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5432 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5439 \begin_layout Itemize
5444 environment inside another
5448 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5452 \begin_layout Itemize
5453 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5456 \begin_layout Itemize
5457 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5460 \begin_layout Itemize
5462 \begin_inset space ~
5466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5468 reference "sec:Nesting"
5472 for a full explanation of nesting.
5476 \begin_layout Standard
5477 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5486 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5489 \begin_layout Standard
5490 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5491 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5494 \begin_layout Itemize
5495 The label for the first level
5499 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5503 \begin_layout Itemize
5504 The label for the second level is a dash.
5508 \begin_layout Itemize
5509 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5513 \begin_layout Itemize
5514 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5518 \begin_layout Itemize
5519 Back out to the third level.
5523 \begin_layout Itemize
5524 Back to the second level.
5528 \begin_layout Itemize
5529 Back to the outermost level.
5532 \begin_layout Standard
5533 These are the default labels for an
5538 You can customize these labels in the
5540 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5543 dialog in the submenu
5550 \begin_inset Index idx
5553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5562 \begin_layout Standard
5563 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5564 We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5566 \begin_inset space ~
5570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5572 reference "sec:Nesting"
5579 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5585 \begin_inset Index idx
5588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5597 name "sec:Enumerate"
5604 \begin_layout Standard
5609 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5610 It has these properties:
5613 \begin_layout Enumerate
5614 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5618 \begin_layout Enumerate
5619 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5623 \begin_layout Enumerate
5624 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5627 \begin_layout Enumerate
5632 environment resets the counter to one.
5635 \begin_layout Enumerate
5648 \begin_layout Enumerate
5649 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5650 Items can have any length.
5653 \begin_layout Enumerate
5654 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5657 \begin_layout Enumerate
5658 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5661 \begin_layout Enumerate
5662 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5666 \begin_layout Standard
5675 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5676 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5683 \begin_layout Enumerate
5684 The first level of an
5688 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5692 \begin_layout Enumerate
5693 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5697 \begin_layout Enumerate
5698 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5702 \begin_layout Enumerate
5703 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5706 \begin_layout Enumerate
5707 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5712 \begin_layout Enumerate
5713 Back to the third level
5717 \begin_layout Enumerate
5718 Back to the second level.
5722 \begin_layout Enumerate
5723 Back to the outermost level.
5726 \begin_layout Standard
5727 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5732 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5737 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5741 \begin_layout Standard
5742 There is more to nesting
5746 environments than we've stated here.
5747 You should read section
5748 \begin_inset space ~
5752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5754 reference "sec:Nesting"
5758 to learn more about nesting.
5761 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5767 \begin_inset Index idx
5770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5779 \begin_layout Standard
5780 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5784 list has no fixed label.
5785 Instead, LyX uses the first
5786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5793 of the first line as the label.
5797 \begin_layout Description
5798 Example: This is an example of the
5805 \begin_layout Standard
5806 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5810 \begin_layout Standard
5812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5819 it is meant that the first hit of the
5823 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5825 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5833 arg "space-insert protected"
5838 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5839 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5841 \begin_inset space ~
5847 \begin_inset space ~
5851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5853 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5857 for more info.) Here is an example:
5860 \begin_layout Description
5862 \begin_inset space ~
5865 Example: This one shows how to use a
5868 \begin_inset space ~
5880 \begin_layout Description
5881 Usage: You should use the
5885 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5886 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5888 It's not a good idea to use a
5892 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5893 You're better off using
5905 paragraphs into them.
5908 \begin_layout Description
5909 Nesting: You can nest
5913 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5917 \begin_layout Standard
5918 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5919 them from the first line.
5922 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5928 \begin_inset Index idx
5931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5940 \begin_layout Standard
5945 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5948 \begin_layout Standard
5949 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5957 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5962 environment is named
5974 \begin_layout Standard
5983 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5984 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5987 \begin_layout Labeling
5988 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5990 \begin_inset space ~
5993 labels LyX uses the first
5994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6001 of each line as the item label.
6006 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6007 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6008 blank as described above.
6011 \begin_layout Labeling
6012 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6013 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6014 the body of the item text.
6015 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6016 label width plus a little extra space.
6020 \begin_layout Labeling
6021 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6023 \begin_inset space ~
6026 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6028 If the label width is larger, the label
6029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6036 into the first line.
6037 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6038 margin of the rest of the item text.
6041 \begin_layout Labeling
6042 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6044 \begin_inset space ~
6047 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6052 environment has the same left margin.
6053 \begin_inset Newline newline
6056 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6059 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6061 \begin_inset space ~
6070 \begin_inset space ~
6075 determines the default label width.
6076 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6085 multiple times instead.
6086 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6095 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6098 \begin_inset space ~
6103 every time you alter a label in a
6108 \begin_inset Newline newline
6111 The predefined default width is the length of
6112 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6116 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6120 \begin_inset space ~
6125 \begin_inset Newline newline
6129 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6137 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6138 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6146 \begin_layout Standard
6151 environment the same way as the
6155 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6161 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6165 \begin_layout Standard
6170 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6172 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6174 \begin_inset space ~
6178 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6180 reference "sec:Nesting"
6184 to learn about nesting.
6187 \begin_layout Standard
6188 There is yet another feature of the
6192 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6194 You can use additional
6198 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6203 are documented in section
6204 \begin_inset space ~
6208 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6210 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6215 Here are some examples:
6218 \begin_layout Labeling
6219 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6220 Left The default for
6227 \begin_layout Labeling
6228 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6229 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6236 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6239 \begin_layout Labeling
6240 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6241 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6245 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6252 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6255 \begin_layout Subsection
6257 \begin_inset Index idx
6260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6269 \begin_layout Standard
6270 To use the features described in this section, you must load the module
6273 Customisable Lists (enumitem)
6275 in the document settings.
6276 This loads the features of the LaTeX-package
6281 \begin_inset Index idx
6284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6285 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6293 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6294 Custom Enumerate Lists
6295 \begin_inset Index idx
6298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6299 Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
6307 \begin_layout Standard
6309 The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
6312 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6315 ) to the first item of each level in the list.
6316 There you add the command
6319 \begin_layout Standard
6327 \begin_layout Standard
6328 in TeX Code (shortcut
6338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6339 For more about TeX Code, look at section
6340 \begin_inset space ~
6344 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6346 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
6359 is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
6366 outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
6367 For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
6380 For Arabic numerals use
6388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6392 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6395 items with capital or small Latin letters use
6410 \begin_layout Standard
6412 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6420 You can only number 26
6421 \begin_inset space ~
6424 items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
6432 \begin_layout Standard
6433 To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
6434 by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
6437 \begin_layout Standard
6438 As example a list with custom numbering:
6441 \begin_layout Enumerate
6442 \begin_inset Argument
6445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6471 \begin_layout Enumerate
6472 \begin_inset Argument
6475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6498 \begin_layout Enumerate
6503 \begin_layout Enumerate
6504 \begin_inset Argument
6507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6531 \begin_layout Enumerate
6532 \begin_inset Argument
6535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6561 \begin_layout Standard
6562 For this list these commands were used:
6565 \begin_layout Standard
6576 \begin_inset Newline newline
6584 \begin_inset Newline newline
6592 \begin_inset Newline newline
6602 \begin_layout Standard
6609 makes the label emphasized and
6618 \begin_layout Standard
6619 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6627 When you changed the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
6628 lists until you change the definition.
6636 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6638 \begin_inset Index idx
6641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6642 Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
6650 \begin_layout Standard
6651 Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
6654 \begin_layout Enumerate
6655 \begin_inset Argument
6658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6677 \begin_inset Note Note
6680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6681 goes back to default numbering
6689 \begin_layout Enumerate
6693 \begin_layout Standard
6697 \begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
6701 \begin_layout Standard
6702 To resume an enumeration, use the style
6707 Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
6708 list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
6711 \begin_layout Standard
6712 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6720 If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
6728 \begin_layout Standard
6729 Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number than the
6731 Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
6732 This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
6733 of a normal enumeration.
6734 There, insert the command
6737 \begin_layout Standard
6743 \begin_layout Standard
6748 is the number with which you want to resume the list.
6752 \begin_layout Enumerate
6756 \begin_layout Enumerate
6760 \begin_layout Standard
6761 Enumeration starting at a given value:
6764 \begin_layout Enumerate
6765 \begin_inset Argument
6768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6784 This enumeration starts at 4
6787 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6789 \begin_inset Index idx
6792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6801 \begin_layout Standard
6802 In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
6804 For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
6807 \begin_layout Itemize
6811 \begin_layout Itemize
6812 with standard spacing
6815 \begin_layout Standard
6816 You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
6818 Add there the command
6822 to get no additional list space like in this example:
6825 \begin_layout Itemize
6826 \begin_inset Argument
6829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6848 \begin_layout Itemize
6852 \begin_layout Itemize
6856 \begin_layout Standard
6857 To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
6863 \begin_inset Index idx
6866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6867 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
6873 For more info see its documentation,
6874 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
6883 \begin_layout Standard
6884 There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
6886 Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs
6887 in the document and the label separation was set to 2
6888 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6891 cm so that the number is in the page margin:
6894 \begin_layout Enumerate
6895 \begin_inset Argument
6898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6906 parindent, labelsep=2cm
6919 \begin_layout Enumerate
6920 with negative indentation
6923 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6924 Further Customization
6925 \begin_inset Index idx
6928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6929 Lists ! Customization
6937 \begin_layout Standard
6938 You can also change the style of description lists.
6942 \begin_layout Standard
6948 \begin_layout Standard
6949 changes the description label font, the command
6952 \begin_layout Standard
6958 \begin_layout Standard
6959 sets the list style.
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6963 An example where the command
6966 \begin_layout Standard
6971 itshape, style=nextline
6974 \begin_layout Standard
6978 \begin_layout Description
6980 \begin_inset space ~
6984 \begin_inset Argument
6987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6993 labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
6995 itshape, style=nextline
7005 Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
7006 energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
7010 \begin_layout Description
7012 \begin_inset space ~
7015 counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
7016 the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
7017 object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
7020 \begin_layout Standard
7021 There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
7027 \begin_inset Index idx
7030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7031 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
7037 For more info see its documentation,
7038 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
7047 \begin_layout Subsection
7049 \begin_inset Index idx
7052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7061 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7069 \begin_inset space ~
7077 \begin_layout Standard
7078 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7086 \begin_inset space ~
7092 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7093 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7094 In contrast, you can use the
7101 \begin_inset space ~
7106 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7107 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7111 \begin_layout Standard
7112 Of course, you're not limited to using
7119 \begin_inset space ~
7128 \begin_inset space ~
7133 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7134 some European academic papers.
7137 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7139 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7141 name "sec:Address-Usage"
7148 \begin_layout Standard
7153 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7154 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7158 \begin_inset space ~
7163 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7164 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7165 Here's an example of each:
7168 \begin_layout Right Address
7170 \begin_inset Newline newline
7174 \begin_inset Newline newline
7178 \begin_inset Newline newline
7181 When is it? What is today?
7184 \begin_layout Standard
7188 \begin_inset space ~
7194 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7195 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7196 Here's an example of the
7203 \begin_layout Address
7205 \begin_inset Newline newline
7208 Where do I send this
7209 \begin_inset Newline newline
7212 Your post office and country
7215 \begin_layout Standard
7216 As you can see, both
7223 \begin_inset space ~
7228 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7233 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7239 This makes sense, since
7247 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7248 Thus, you have to use
7255 arg "newline-insert newline"
7261 \begin_inset space ~
7264 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7266 \begin_inset space ~
7275 menu) to start a new line in an
7282 \begin_inset space ~
7290 \begin_layout Subsection
7294 \begin_layout Standard
7295 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7296 or list of references.
7297 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7300 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7304 \begin_inset Index idx
7307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7316 \begin_layout Standard
7321 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7322 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7323 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7324 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7328 in anything else or vice versa.
7334 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
7335 The book document classes ignores the
7339 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7343 in a letter document class.
7346 \begin_layout Standard
7351 environment does several things for you.
7352 First, it puts the centered label
7353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7361 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7363 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7364 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7365 the subsequent text.
7366 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7367 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
7370 \begin_layout Standard
7371 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7375 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7376 The new paragraph will still be in the
7381 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7382 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7385 \begin_layout Standard
7386 \begin_inset Float figure
7391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7393 \begin_inset Graphics
7394 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
7401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7402 \begin_inset Caption
7404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7405 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7407 name "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
7428 \begin_layout Standard
7429 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
7433 environment, but since this document is in the
7434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7441 class, we can't do this.
7442 We inserted it therefore as figure
7443 \begin_inset space ~
7447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7449 reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
7454 If you've never heard of an
7455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7462 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7465 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7471 \begin_inset Index idx
7474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7483 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
7490 \begin_layout Standard
7495 environment is used to list references.
7496 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
7497 only use it at the end of the document.
7502 in anything else or vice versa will not work.
7505 \begin_layout Standard
7506 When you first open a
7510 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7526 depending on the document class.
7527 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7528 Each paragraph of the
7532 environment is a bibliography entry.
7537 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7538 Each new paragraph is still in the
7545 \begin_layout Standard
7546 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
7547 by using a BibTeX database.
7548 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
7549 phy handling, have a look at section
7550 \begin_inset space ~
7554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7556 reference "sec:Bibliography"
7563 \begin_layout Subsection
7567 \begin_inset Index idx
7570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7571 Paragraph ! LyX code
7577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7586 \begin_layout Standard
7591 environment is another LyX extension.
7592 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7597 key as a fixed whitespace;
7601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7613 \begin_inset space ~
7618 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7623 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7624 If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
7627 arg "newline-insert newline"
7644 does not reset the paragraph environment.
7645 So, when you finish using the
7649 environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7650 Also, you can nest the
7654 environment inside of others.
7657 \begin_layout Standard
7658 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7661 \begin_layout Itemize
7665 arg "newline-insert newline"
7668 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
7669 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7673 \begin_inset space \space{}
7683 arg "newline-insert newline"
7689 \begin_layout Itemize
7693 arg "newline-insert newline"
7704 \begin_layout Itemize
7709 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
7716 \begin_layout Itemize
7720 arg "space-insert protected"
7727 \begin_layout Itemize
7728 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
7729 You must put at least one
7733 in any line you want blank.
7734 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
7737 \begin_layout Itemize
7738 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
7742 since that will insert
7747 You get the typewriter double quotes with
7750 arg "self-insert \""
7756 \begin_layout Standard
7760 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7764 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7768 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7772 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7776 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7777 printf("Hello World!
7782 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7786 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7790 \begin_layout Standard
7791 This is just the standard
7792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7803 \begin_layout Standard
7808 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7809 rc-files, and so on.
7810 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7811 as if you used a typewriter.
7812 \begin_inset Index idx
7815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7816 Paragraph environments|)
7821 For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
7824 Program Code Listings
7829 \begin_inset space ~
7837 \begin_layout Section
7838 Nesting Environments
7839 \begin_inset Index idx
7842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7843 Nesting ! Environments
7849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7858 \begin_layout Subsection
7862 \begin_layout Standard
7863 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7865 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7867 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7869 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7881 \begin_layout Enumerate
7885 \begin_layout Enumerate
7890 \begin_layout Enumerate
7894 \begin_layout Enumerate
7899 \begin_layout Enumerate
7903 \begin_layout Standard
7904 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7905 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7908 \begin_inset space ~
7912 \begin_inset space ~
7920 \begin_inset space ~
7924 \begin_inset space ~
7933 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7934 will tell you how far you are nested).
7935 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7938 arg "depth-increment"
7944 arg "depth-decrement"
7947 or the convenient key bindings
7958 arg "depth-increment"
7964 arg "depth-decrement"
7967 to change the nesting level.
7968 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7969 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7973 \begin_layout Standard
7974 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7975 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7976 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7977 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7980 \begin_layout Standard
7981 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7982 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7984 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7987 \begin_layout Subsection
7988 What You Can and Can't Nest
7991 \begin_layout Standard
7992 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7993 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7996 \begin_layout Standard
7997 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7998 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7999 There are three types of paragraph environments:
8002 \begin_layout Itemize
8003 Completely unnestable
8006 \begin_layout Itemize
8007 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
8011 \begin_layout Itemize
8012 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
8016 \begin_layout Standard
8017 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8018 environments have them:
8021 \begin_layout Description
8022 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8023 Can't nest into them.
8027 \begin_layout Itemize
8033 \begin_layout Itemize
8039 \begin_layout Itemize
8045 \begin_layout Itemize
8051 \begin_layout Itemize
8058 \begin_layout Description
8060 \begin_inset space ~
8063 Nestable You can nest them.
8064 You can nest other things into them.
8068 \begin_layout Itemize
8074 \begin_layout Itemize
8080 \begin_layout Itemize
8086 \begin_layout Itemize
8092 \begin_layout Itemize
8098 \begin_layout Itemize
8104 \begin_layout Itemize
8110 \begin_layout Itemize
8117 \begin_layout Description
8118 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
8119 You can't nest anything into them.
8123 \begin_layout Itemize
8129 \begin_layout Itemize
8135 \begin_layout Itemize
8141 \begin_layout Itemize
8147 \begin_layout Itemize
8153 \begin_layout Itemize
8159 \begin_layout Itemize
8165 \begin_layout Itemize
8171 \begin_layout Itemize
8177 \begin_layout Itemize
8183 \begin_layout Itemize
8189 \begin_layout Itemize
8195 \begin_layout Itemize
8201 \begin_layout Itemize
8205 \begin_inset space ~
8211 \begin_layout Itemize
8218 \begin_layout Standard
8219 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8227 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
8236 \begin_inset space ~
8240 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8244 \begin_inset space \space{}
8247 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
8248 well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
8249 section headings violate this.
8257 \begin_layout Subsection
8258 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8259 \begin_inset Index idx
8262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8263 Nesting ! Tables etc.
8271 \begin_layout Standard
8272 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8273 affected by nesting anyhow.
8277 \begin_layout Itemize
8281 \begin_layout Itemize
8285 \begin_layout Itemize
8289 \begin_layout Standard
8291 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8299 Figures and tables in
8303 are not affected by this.
8308 Have a look at section
8309 \begin_inset space ~
8313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8315 reference "sec:Floats"
8319 for more information about
8326 \begin_layout Standard
8327 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8328 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
8332 \begin_layout Standard
8333 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8341 of its own, it behaves just like a
8342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8349 paragraph environment.
8350 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
8354 \begin_layout Standard
8355 Here's an example with a table:
8358 \begin_layout Enumerate
8363 \begin_layout Enumerate
8364 This is (a) and it's nested.
8368 \begin_layout Standard
8369 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8375 \begin_layout Standard
8377 \begin_inset Tabular
8378 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8379 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8380 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8381 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8465 \begin_layout Standard
8466 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8473 \begin_layout Enumerate
8475 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8479 \begin_layout Enumerate
8483 \begin_layout Standard
8484 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8487 \begin_layout Enumerate
8492 \begin_layout Enumerate
8493 This is (a) and it's nested.
8497 \begin_layout Standard
8498 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8504 \begin_layout Standard
8506 \begin_inset Tabular
8507 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8508 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8509 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8510 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8594 \begin_layout Standard
8595 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8601 \begin_layout Enumerate
8608 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8611 \begin_layout Enumerate
8615 \begin_layout Standard
8616 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8620 \begin_layout Standard
8621 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
8623 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
8626 \begin_layout Enumerate
8631 \begin_layout Enumerate
8632 This is (a) and it's nested.
8635 \begin_layout Standard
8636 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8642 \begin_layout Standard
8644 \begin_inset Tabular
8645 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8646 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8647 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8648 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8733 \begin_layout Standard
8734 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8740 \begin_layout Enumerate
8742 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
8749 \begin_layout Enumerate
8753 \begin_layout Standard
8754 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
8760 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
8761 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
8765 \begin_layout Subsection
8766 Usage and General Features
8769 \begin_layout Standard
8770 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
8772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8779 is the innermost possible depth.
8780 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
8783 \begin_layout Enumerate
8784 level #1 – outermost
8788 \begin_layout Enumerate
8793 \begin_layout Enumerate
8798 \begin_layout Enumerate
8803 \begin_layout Itemize
8808 \begin_layout Itemize
8817 \begin_layout Standard
8818 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8819 both of them in the example.
8820 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8830 For example, if we tried to nest another
8835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8842 , we would get errors.
8845 \begin_layout Subsection
8847 \begin_inset Index idx
8850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8859 \begin_layout Standard
8860 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8861 We have several examples of nested environments.
8862 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8866 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8867 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8870 \begin_layout Labeling
8871 \labelwidthstring MMM
8872 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8881 \begin_layout Labeling
8882 \labelwidthstring MMM
8883 #2-a This is level #2.
8884 We created it by using
8887 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8893 arg "depth-increment"
8900 \begin_layout Labeling
8901 \labelwidthstring MMM
8902 #3-a This is level #3.
8903 This time, we just hit
8910 arg "depth-increment"
8914 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8918 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8924 arg "depth-increment"
8931 \begin_layout Standard
8936 environment, nested inside of
8937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8945 So, it's at level #4.
8946 We did this by hitting
8949 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8955 arg "depth-increment"
8958 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8963 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8979 \begin_layout Standard
8984 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8987 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8993 \begin_layout Labeling
8994 \labelwidthstring MMM
8995 #4-a This is level #4.
8999 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9002 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9007 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
9011 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9016 keep nesting things inside
9017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9028 \begin_layout Labeling
9029 \labelwidthstring MMM
9030 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9035 \begin_layout Labeling
9036 \labelwidthstring MMM
9037 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9038 and this is level #6.
9039 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9043 \begin_layout Labeling
9044 \labelwidthstring MMM
9045 #5-b Back to level #5.
9049 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9055 arg "depth-decrement"
9062 \begin_layout Labeling
9063 \labelwidthstring MMM
9067 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9073 arg "depth-decrement"
9076 , we're back at level #4.
9080 \begin_layout Labeling
9081 \labelwidthstring MMM
9082 #3-b Back to level #3.
9083 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9087 \begin_layout Labeling
9088 \labelwidthstring MMM
9089 #2-b Back to level #2.
9094 \begin_layout Labeling
9095 \labelwidthstring MMM
9096 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9097 After this sentence, we will hit
9101 and change the paragraph environment back to
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 We could have also used the
9125 environment in place of the
9130 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9133 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9134 Example 2: Inheritance
9137 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9138 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9141 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9150 arg "depth-increment"
9153 , after which, we will change to the
9161 \begin_layout Enumerate
9166 environment, at level #2.
9169 \begin_layout Enumerate
9170 Notice how the nested
9174 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
9178 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
9182 \begin_layout Standard
9183 We ended this example by hitting
9188 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9192 and reset the nesting depth by using
9195 arg "depth-decrement"
9201 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9202 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
9211 \begin_inset Argument
9214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9215 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9223 \begin_layout Enumerate
9224 This is level #1, in an
9228 paragraph environment.
9229 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9233 \begin_layout Enumerate
9238 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9244 arg "depth-increment"
9248 Now, what happens if we nest an
9252 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9253 label be? An asterisk?
9257 \begin_layout Itemize
9267 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9268 So, its label is a bullet.
9269 (We got here by using
9272 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9278 arg "depth-increment"
9281 , then changing the environment to
9289 \begin_layout Itemize
9290 Here's level #4, produced using
9293 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9299 arg "depth-increment"
9303 We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9308 \begin_layout Enumerate
9309 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9311 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9316 Notice the type of numbering, it is
9320 , because we are in the
9329 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9348 \begin_layout Enumerate
9353 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9354 type of numbering does LyX use?
9357 \begin_layout Enumerate
9358 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9361 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9364 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9367 \begin_layout Enumerate
9371 arg "depth-decrement"
9374 to decrease the depth after the next
9377 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9384 \begin_layout Enumerate
9386 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9390 \begin_layout Enumerate
9392 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9393 numeral as the label.Why?
9396 \begin_layout Enumerate
9397 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9406 Notice, however, that LyX
9410 reset the counter for the label.
9414 \begin_layout Enumerate
9418 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9424 arg "depth-decrement"
9427 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9428 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9429 into the twofold-nested
9437 \begin_layout Enumerate
9438 The same thing happens if we do another
9441 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9447 arg "depth-decrement"
9450 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9453 \begin_layout Standard
9454 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9459 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
9473 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
9479 The same rule applies for the
9483 environment, as well.
9486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9487 Example 4: Going Bonkers
9490 \begin_layout Enumerate
9491 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9492 We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
9493 the same detail with how we did it.
9502 \begin_layout Standard
9510 arg "depth-increment"
9517 : level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
9518 the example in parentheses someplace.
9519 For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
9520 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
9521 Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
9525 \begin_layout Enumerate
9530 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
9535 Now we will add verse.
9536 \begin_inset Newline newline
9539 It will get much worse.
9540 \begin_inset Newline newline
9550 arg "depth-increment"
9561 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9562 \begin_inset Newline newline
9565 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9566 \begin_inset Newline newline
9572 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9585 \begin_layout Standard
9586 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9592 \begin_layout Standard
9594 \begin_inset Tabular
9595 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9596 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9597 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9598 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
9603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
9641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9687 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9697 arg "depth-increment"
9703 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9713 arg "depth-decrement"
9720 \begin_layout Enumerate
9725 : level #1) This is another item.
9726 Note that selecting a
9730 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
9731 3 times to put the table inside the
9739 \begin_layout Quotation
9740 We're now ending the
9744 list and changing to
9749 We're still at level #1.
9750 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
9751 The next set of paragraphs is a
9752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9759 We will nest both the
9766 \begin_inset space ~
9771 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
9775 for the letter body.
9779 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
9782 to preserve the depth.
9783 Remember that you need to use
9786 arg "newline-insert newline"
9789 to create multiple lines inside the
9796 \begin_inset space ~
9806 \begin_layout Right Address
9808 \begin_inset Newline newline
9811 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9812 \begin_inset Newline newline
9818 \begin_layout Address
9820 \begin_inset space ~
9826 \begin_layout Quotation
9827 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9828 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9831 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9832 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9833 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9834 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9835 as soon as possible.
9836 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9839 \begin_layout Quotation
9840 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9841 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9842 with your order, along with payment.
9845 \begin_layout Quotation
9846 We thank you again for your patience.
9849 \begin_layout Address
9851 \begin_inset Newline newline
9858 \begin_layout Quotation
9859 That ends that example!
9862 \begin_layout Standard
9863 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9864 just a few keystrokes.
9865 We could have easily nested an
9886 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9889 \begin_layout Section
9890 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9891 \begin_inset Index idx
9894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9903 \begin_layout Standard
9904 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9905 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9906 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9907 be broken at the end of a line.
9908 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9912 \begin_layout Subsection
9914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9916 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9921 \begin_inset Index idx
9924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9933 \begin_layout Standard
9934 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9936 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
9940 Further documentation is given in section
9941 \begin_inset Newline newline
9945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9947 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9955 \begin_layout Standard
9956 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9957 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9971 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9980 A protected space is set with
9982 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9983 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9987 \begin_inset space ~
9997 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
10003 \begin_layout Subsection
10005 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10007 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10012 \begin_inset Index idx
10015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10016 Spacing ! Horizontal
10024 \begin_layout Standard
10025 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
10027 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10028 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10032 The length units are listed in Appendix
10033 \begin_inset space ~
10037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10039 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
10046 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10048 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10050 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
10055 \begin_inset Index idx
10058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10059 Spaces ! Inter-word
10067 \begin_layout Standard
10069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10073 \begin_inset space \space{}
10076 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
10077 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
10078 \begin_inset space ~
10082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10084 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
10089 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
10090 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
10093 arg "space-insert normal"
10099 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10101 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10103 name "sub:Thin-Space"
10108 \begin_inset Index idx
10111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10120 \begin_layout Standard
10122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10129 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
10130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10138 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
10139 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
10140 inside abbreviations:
10143 \begin_layout Quote
10145 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10149 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
10152 \begin_layout Standard
10153 or between values and units.
10154 Compare for example this:
10155 \begin_inset Newline newline
10159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10163 \begin_inset Newline newline
10166 10 kg (normal space
10169 \begin_layout Standard
10170 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
10172 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10173 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10175 \begin_inset space ~
10183 arg "space-insert thin"
10189 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10193 \begin_layout Standard
10194 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
10197 \begin_layout Description
10199 \begin_inset space ~
10203 \begin_inset space ~
10206 space A line with a
10207 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10211 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
10215 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10218 Negative thin space between the arrows.
10221 \begin_layout Description
10223 \begin_inset space ~
10227 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10231 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10235 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
10239 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10243 \begin_inset space ~
10247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10250 em) space between the arrows.
10253 \begin_layout Description
10255 \begin_inset space ~
10259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10263 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10267 \begin_inset space \quad{}
10271 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10275 \begin_inset space ~
10279 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10282 em) space between the arrows.
10285 \begin_layout Description
10287 \begin_inset space ~
10291 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10295 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10299 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
10303 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10307 \begin_inset space ~
10311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10314 em) space between the arrows.
10317 \begin_layout Description
10319 \begin_inset space ~
10323 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10327 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
10332 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10336 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10339 cm space between the arrows.
10342 \begin_layout Standard
10344 \begin_inset space ~
10348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10350 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
10354 lists the different space sizes.
10357 \begin_layout Standard
10358 \begin_inset Float table
10363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10365 \begin_inset Caption
10367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10368 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10370 name "tab:Width-of-the"
10374 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
10382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10384 \begin_inset Tabular
10385 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
10386 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
10387 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10388 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
10390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10428 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10476 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10500 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10515 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10528 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10556 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10571 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
10582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10584 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10605 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10611 \begin_inset Index idx
10614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10623 \begin_layout Standard
10624 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
10625 in a uniform fashion.
10626 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
10627 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
10628 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
10629 equally between themselves.
10632 \begin_layout Standard
10633 Here are a few examples of what you can do with them:
10636 \begin_layout Quote
10638 This is on the left side
10639 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10642 This is on the right
10645 \begin_layout Quote
10648 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10652 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10658 \begin_layout Quote
10661 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10665 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10669 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10675 \begin_layout Standard
10676 That was an example in the
10682 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
10686 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
10690 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
10693 is one in a standard paragraph.
10694 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
10698 sitting in-between the two arrows.
10701 \begin_layout Standard
10702 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
10705 \begin_inset space ~
10710 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
10713 \begin_layout Standard
10715 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
10719 \begin_inset space ~
10725 \begin_layout Standard
10727 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
10731 \begin_inset space ~
10737 \begin_layout Standard
10739 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
10743 \begin_inset space ~
10749 \begin_layout Standard
10751 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
10755 \begin_inset space ~
10761 \begin_layout Standard
10763 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
10767 \begin_inset space ~
10773 \begin_layout Standard
10775 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
10779 \begin_inset space ~
10785 \begin_layout Standard
10786 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10794 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
10798 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
10799 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10800 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10804 option in the space dialog.
10812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10814 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10816 name "sub:Phantom-Space"
10821 \begin_inset Index idx
10824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10833 \begin_layout Standard
10834 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10836 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10840 \begin_inset space \space{}
10843 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10846 \begin_layout Standard
10847 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10850 What is correct English?:
10851 \begin_inset Newline newline
10855 \begin_inset Newline newline
10859 \begin_inset space ~
10862 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10863 \begin_inset Newline newline
10867 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10878 \begin_inset Newline newline
10882 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10893 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10899 \begin_layout Standard
10900 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10905 \begin_inset space ~
10909 \begin_inset space ~
10913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10917 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10919 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10920 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10924 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10930 \begin_inset space ~
10934 \begin_inset space ~
10938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10941 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10950 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10951 That is why it is named
10952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10960 The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
10961 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10965 \begin_layout Subsection
10967 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10969 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10974 \begin_inset Index idx
10977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10986 \begin_layout Standard
10987 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10989 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10990 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10992 \begin_inset space ~
10998 There you find the following sizes:
11001 \begin_layout Standard
11014 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
11019 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
11021 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11025 \begin_inset Index idx
11028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11029 Document ! Settings
11034 for the paragraph separation.
11035 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
11046 \begin_layout Standard
11052 \begin_inset Index idx
11055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11061 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
11062 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
11064 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
11065 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
11074 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
11078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11083 s are described in section
11084 \begin_inset space ~
11088 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11090 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
11099 If there are several
11103 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
11104 You can therefore use
11108 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
11111 \begin_layout Standard
11116 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
11117 \begin_inset space ~
11121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11123 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
11130 \begin_layout Standard
11131 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11141 If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
11142 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
11154 \begin_layout Subsection
11155 Paragraph Alignment
11158 \begin_layout Standard
11159 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
11161 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11165 There are five possibilities:
11168 \begin_layout Itemize
11176 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
11182 \begin_layout Itemize
11190 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
11196 \begin_layout Itemize
11204 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
11210 \begin_layout Itemize
11218 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
11224 \begin_layout Itemize
11232 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
11238 \begin_layout Standard
11239 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
11240 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
11241 the left and right margins.
11242 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
11245 \begin_layout Standard
11247 This paragraph is right aligned,
11250 \begin_layout Standard
11252 this one is centered,
11255 \begin_layout Standard
11257 this one is left aligned.
11260 \begin_layout Subsection
11262 \begin_inset Index idx
11265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11266 Page breaks ! Forced
11272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11274 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
11281 \begin_layout Standard
11282 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
11283 can force a page break where you want one.
11284 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
11285 Only if you use a lot of
11289 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
11292 \begin_layout Standard
11293 We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
11294 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
11298 have to change the page breaking.
11301 \begin_layout Standard
11302 There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
11304 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
11306 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11307 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11309 \begin_inset space ~
11315 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
11317 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11318 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11320 \begin_inset space ~
11325 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
11327 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
11328 on which only the last few lines are absent.
11331 \begin_layout Standard
11332 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
11333 at the top of a page.
11334 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
11335 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
11336 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
11337 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
11339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11341 reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
11345 to learn more about
11352 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11356 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
11361 \begin_inset Index idx
11364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11365 Page breaks ! Clear
11373 \begin_layout Standard
11374 Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
11375 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
11376 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
11377 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
11378 it, if necessary by adding pages.
11381 \begin_layout Standard
11382 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
11384 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11385 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11387 \begin_inset space ~
11393 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
11395 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11396 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11398 \begin_inset space ~
11402 \begin_inset space ~
11407 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
11408 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
11411 \begin_layout Subsection
11413 \begin_inset Index idx
11416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11423 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11425 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
11432 \begin_layout Standard
11433 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
11435 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
11437 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11438 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11440 \begin_inset space ~
11444 \begin_inset space ~
11452 arg "newline-insert newline"
11456 Another type that is inserted via the menu
11458 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11459 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11461 \begin_inset space ~
11465 \begin_inset space ~
11470 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
11472 This is useful to avoid
11473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11480 in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
11483 \begin_layout Standard
11484 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
11485 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
11486 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
11487 set a line break, e.
11488 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11492 \begin_inset space \space{}
11495 in a poem or for an address (see sections
11496 \begin_inset space ~
11500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11502 reference "sec:Quote"
11507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11509 reference "sec:Verse"
11514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11516 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
11523 \begin_layout Subsection
11525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11527 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
11532 \begin_inset Index idx
11535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11544 \begin_layout Standard
11546 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11557 \begin_layout Standard
11561 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11562 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11564 \begin_inset space ~
11569 you can insert horizontal lines.
11570 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
11571 of the current text line or the paragraph.
11572 The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
11575 \begin_layout Standard
11577 \begin_inset CommandInset line
11588 \begin_layout Section
11589 Characters and Symbols
11592 \begin_layout Standard
11593 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
11594 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
11595 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11599 \begin_inset space \space{}
11602 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
11604 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11610 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
11614 for information on how this is done.
11617 \begin_layout Standard
11618 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
11623 dialog via the menu
11625 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11626 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11632 \begin_layout Standard
11633 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11641 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
11642 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
11643 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
11651 \begin_layout Section
11652 Fonts and Text Styles
11653 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11655 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
11662 \begin_layout Subsection
11664 \begin_inset Index idx
11667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11676 \begin_layout Standard
11677 There are two types of fonts:
11680 \begin_layout Description
11682 \begin_inset space ~
11686 \begin_inset Index idx
11689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11695 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
11696 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11700 characters) in the font.
11701 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
11702 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
11703 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
11704 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
11705 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
11706 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
11707 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
11708 \begin_inset Newline newline
11711 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
11712 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
11713 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
11714 sizes than at small ones.
11715 \begin_inset Newline newline
11729 \begin_inset space ~
11737 \begin_layout Description
11739 \begin_inset space ~
11743 \begin_inset Index idx
11746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11752 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
11753 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
11754 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
11755 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
11756 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
11757 picture manipulation program.
11758 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
11759 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
11760 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
11761 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
11762 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
11764 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
11765 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
11766 \begin_inset Newline newline
11769 Bitmap fonts are named
11772 \begin_inset space ~
11777 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
11780 \begin_layout Standard
11781 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
11782 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
11783 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
11784 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
11785 use scalable fonts.
11788 \begin_layout Standard
11789 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
11790 its document properties.
11793 \begin_layout Standard
11794 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
11795 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
11796 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
11797 font to emphasize text, you use an
11798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11806 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
11807 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11811 \begin_layout Subsection
11813 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11815 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11822 \begin_layout Standard
11823 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11824 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11825 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11827 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11828 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11829 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11830 to usual word processors.
11831 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11832 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11833 across different machines.
11834 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11835 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11837 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11839 \begin_inset space ~
11843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11845 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11850 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11851 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11855 \begin_layout Standard
11856 Recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are also able to
11857 directly access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely
11859 Both engines are supported by LyX.
11860 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11861 that is installed on your system.
11862 The next section describes how to use these fonts.
11865 \begin_layout Standard
11866 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11874 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11875 es; so you might have to experiment.
11883 \begin_layout Standard
11884 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11892 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11893 as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
11901 \begin_layout Subsection
11902 Document Font and Font size
11903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11905 name "sub:Document-Font"
11910 \begin_inset Index idx
11913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11920 \begin_inset Index idx
11923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11932 \begin_layout Standard
11933 You can set the document fonts in the
11935 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11939 \begin_inset Index idx
11942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11943 Document ! Settings
11953 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11954 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11957 \begin_inset space ~
11966 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11967 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11971 \begin_layout Standard
11978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11987 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11988 This requires that you use
11994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12033 as the output format, i.
12034 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12038 \begin_inset space \space{}
12041 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
12042 \begin_inset space ~
12046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12048 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
12053 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
12054 Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
12056 \begin_inset space ~
12059 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
12060 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
12061 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
12063 LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
12066 \begin_layout Standard
12067 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
12072 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
12077 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
12078 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
12079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12085 \begin_inset space ~
12091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12104 European Computer Modern
12107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12114 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
12117 \begin_layout Standard
12126 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
12127 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
12131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12132 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
12135 \begin_inset space ~
12140 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
12146 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
12147 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
12150 \begin_layout Itemize
12154 \begin_inset space ~
12159 fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
12172 \begin_inset space ~
12177 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
12181 as the default font.
12182 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
12183 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
12186 \begin_inset space ~
12199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12200 One difference is improved kerning.
12208 \begin_layout Itemize
12212 \begin_inset space ~
12216 \begin_inset space ~
12221 fonts in (the rare) case that
12224 \begin_inset space ~
12229 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
12244 Virtual means that it
12245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12256 -glyphs from other fonts.
12257 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
12259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12279 Loading the LaTeX-package
12284 \begin_inset Index idx
12287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12288 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
12293 with the document preamble line
12294 \begin_inset Newline newline
12301 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
12302 \begin_inset Newline newline
12307 will fix the guillemet problem.
12312 and that accented characters are not
12316 glyph, but built of
12320 characters, the accent and the letter.
12321 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
12327 If you search for example for the French word
12328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12335 in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
12337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12344 and not for the glyph
12345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12349 \begin_inset space ~
12353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12359 \begin_layout Itemize
12360 If you do not like the look of
12368 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
12369 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12373 \begin_inset space ~
12379 \begin_inset space ~
12389 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
12390 \begin_inset space ~
12393 serif and typewriter fonts,
12397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12398 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
12399 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12405 \begin_inset space ~
12414 for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
12415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12419 \begin_inset space \space{}
12427 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12431 \begin_inset space \space{}
12437 \begin_inset space ~
12445 \begin_inset space ~
12455 but you can also select your own.
12456 \begin_inset Newline newline
12459 The differences between roman,
12462 \begin_inset space ~
12471 fonts are explained in section
12472 \begin_inset space ~
12476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12478 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12483 \begin_inset Newline newline
12489 \begin_inset space ~
12494 was originally designed for newspapers.
12495 Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit
12496 into the small newspaper columns.
12500 \begin_inset space ~
12505 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
12508 \begin_layout Standard
12509 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
12522 Some classes provide additional sizes.
12527 depends on the class you are using.
12528 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
12531 \begin_layout Standard
12532 Note that the font size is the
12537 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
12538 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
12539 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
12542 \begin_inset space ~
12548 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
12549 \begin_inset space ~
12553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12555 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12562 \begin_layout Standard
12567 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
12569 \begin_inset space ~
12572 serif or typewriter.
12577 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
12587 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
12590 \begin_layout Standard
12599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12608 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
12614 \begin_inset Index idx
12617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12618 LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
12624 \begin_inset space ~
12628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12630 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
12635 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
12636 Unless you have specific reasons, use
12643 \begin_layout Standard
12644 With some fonts, the checkboxes
12646 Use Old Style Figures
12650 Use True Small Caps
12653 These are extra features some fonts provide.
12656 Use Old Style Figures
12658 is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
12660 Old style figures are the numerals (0
12661 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12665 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12668 9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lower
12672 Use True Small Caps
12674 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
12675 of scaled capitals.
12676 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
12677 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
12680 \begin_layout Standard
12685 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
12686 a font to display the script characters.
12690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12691 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
12696 \begin_inset Index idx
12699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12700 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
12705 So this has no effect for the document language
12721 \begin_layout Standard
12722 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
12726 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12734 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
12738 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
12739 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
12740 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
12742 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12745 dialog, see section
12746 \begin_inset space ~
12750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12752 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
12764 \begin_layout Subsection
12765 Using Different Character Styles
12766 \begin_inset Index idx
12769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12776 \begin_inset Index idx
12779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12788 \begin_layout Standard
12789 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
12790 certain paragraph environments.
12791 LyX supports two character styles,
12800 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
12804 \begin_layout Standard
12809 style, do one of the following:
12812 \begin_layout Itemize
12813 click on the toolbar button
12822 \begin_layout Itemize
12823 use the key binding
12832 \begin_layout Standard
12833 These commands are all toggles.
12838 style is already active, they deactivate it.
12841 \begin_layout Standard
12842 One typically uses the
12846 style for proper names.
12848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12855 is the original author of LyX.
12856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12862 \begin_layout Standard
12863 A more widely used character style is the
12868 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12875 \begin_layout Itemize
12876 clicking on the toolbar button
12885 \begin_layout Itemize
12886 using the keybindings
12895 \begin_layout Standard
12900 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12901 es use a different font.
12904 \begin_layout Standard
12905 We've been using the
12909 style all over the place in this document.
12910 Here's one more example:
12913 \begin_layout Quotation
12916 Do not overuse character styles!
12919 \begin_layout Standard
12920 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12921 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12922 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12923 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12927 \begin_layout Standard
12928 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12936 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12938 \begin_inset space ~
12946 \begin_layout Subsection
12947 Fine-Tuning with the
12952 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12954 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12959 \begin_inset Index idx
12962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12971 \begin_layout Standard
12972 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12973 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12974 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12975 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12976 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12977 from ordinary dialog.
12980 \begin_layout Standard
12981 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12982 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12983 \begin_inset Newline newline
12986 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12987 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12990 \begin_layout Standard
12991 To use custom character styles, open the
12993 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12995 \begin_inset space ~
12998 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13001 dialog or press the toolbar button
13004 arg "dialog-show character"
13008 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
13009 font property that you can choose.
13010 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
13013 \begin_inset space ~
13018 , which keeps the current state of that property.
13023 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
13024 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
13025 environments in a snap.
13028 \begin_layout Standard
13029 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
13032 \begin_inset space ~
13044 \begin_layout Labeling
13045 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13059 The possible options are:
13063 \begin_layout Labeling
13064 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13069 This is the Roman font family.
13070 Normally a serif font.
13071 It's also the default family.
13081 \begin_layout Labeling
13082 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13086 \begin_inset space ~
13093 This is the Sans Serif font family.
13105 \begin_layout Labeling
13106 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13113 This is the Typewriter font family.
13119 arg "font-typewriter"
13128 \begin_layout Labeling
13129 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13134 This corresponds to the print weight.
13139 \begin_layout Labeling
13140 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13145 This is the Medium font series.
13146 It's also the default series.
13149 \begin_layout Labeling
13150 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13157 This is the Bold font series.
13170 \begin_layout Labeling
13171 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13176 As the name implies.
13181 \begin_layout Labeling
13182 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13187 This is the Upright font shape.
13188 It's also the default shape.
13191 \begin_layout Labeling
13192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13206 s the Italic font shape
13212 \begin_layout Labeling
13213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13220 This is the Slanted font shape
13222 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
13225 \begin_layout Labeling
13226 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13230 \begin_inset space ~
13237 This is the Small caps font shape
13244 \begin_layout Labeling
13245 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13250 Alters the size of the font.
13251 You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
13252 proportional to the document font size.
13253 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
13254 what you want to do.
13259 \begin_layout Labeling
13260 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13281 arg "font-size tiny"
13287 \begin_layout Labeling
13288 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13309 arg "font-size scriptsize"
13315 \begin_layout Labeling
13316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13337 arg "font-size footnotesize"
13343 \begin_layout Labeling
13344 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13365 arg "font-size small"
13371 \begin_layout Labeling
13372 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13386 It's also the default size.
13390 arg "font-size normal"
13396 \begin_layout Labeling
13397 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13418 arg "font-size large"
13424 \begin_layout Labeling
13425 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13446 arg "font-size larger"
13452 \begin_layout Labeling
13453 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13474 arg "font-size largest"
13480 \begin_layout Labeling
13481 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13502 arg "font-size huge"
13508 \begin_layout Labeling
13509 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13530 arg "font-size giant"
13536 \begin_layout Labeling
13537 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13542 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
13543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13562 arg "font-size increase"
13568 \begin_layout Labeling
13569 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13574 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
13575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13594 arg "font-size decrease"
13601 \begin_layout Standard
13606 : don't go crazy with this feature.
13607 You should almost never need to change the font size.
13608 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
13609 — use those instead.
13610 This is here for fine-tuning only!
13613 \begin_layout Labeling
13614 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13619 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
13624 \begin_layout Labeling
13625 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13632 This is text with emphasize on
13635 This might seem like the same as
13639 , but it is actually a bit different.
13645 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
13647 Normally this font is equal to italic.
13650 \begin_layout Labeling
13651 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13658 This is text with Underbar on.
13664 arg "font-underline"
13670 \begin_inset Newline newline
13675 Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
13676 when you could not change fonts.
13677 One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
13678 This is only possible in LyX because some people
13682 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
13685 \begin_layout Labeling
13686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13690 \begin_inset space ~
13697 This is text with Double underbar on.
13703 arg "font-underunderline"
13707 \begin_inset Newline newline
13710 As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
13711 about double underbar.
13714 \begin_layout Labeling
13715 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13719 \begin_inset space ~
13726 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
13732 arg "font-underwave"
13736 \begin_inset Newline newline
13739 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
13740 Keep antinausea pills handy.
13743 \begin_layout Labeling
13744 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13751 This is text with Strikeout on.
13757 arg "font-strikeout"
13761 \begin_inset Newline newline
13764 This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
13765 changed in the meantime.
13768 \begin_layout Labeling
13769 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13776 This is text with Noun on.
13783 , this is a logical attribute.
13784 Normally it's equivalent to
13787 \begin_inset space ~
13796 \begin_layout Labeling
13797 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13802 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
13803 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
13807 \begin_inset space ~
13812 , which is the default
13813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13820 and means normally black, you can choose between
13853 \begin_inset Index idx
13856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13865 \begin_layout Labeling
13866 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13871 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
13872 the language of the document.
13873 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
13875 \begin_inset Newline newline
13878 If you have for example a longer German Text in your document, LaTeX respects
13879 the German hyphenation rules automatically.
13880 When using the spell checking (see section
13881 \begin_inset space ~
13885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13887 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
13891 ) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
13894 \begin_layout Standard
13895 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
13896 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
13898 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13900 \begin_inset space ~
13905 dialog, the settings are saved.
13906 You can activate them by using the toolbar button
13909 arg "textstyle-apply"
13913 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13917 \begin_layout Standard
13918 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13925 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13926 (suppose you just set the shape to
13927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13945 \begin_inset space ~
13957 \begin_layout Standard
13958 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13966 \begin_inset space ~
13978 \begin_layout Itemize
13984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13991 font, which means every character has the same width; the
13992 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13996 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14009 \begin_inset Newline newline
14013 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
14016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14027 \begin_inset Note Note
14030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14031 For more on phantoms see section
14032 \begin_inset space ~
14036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14038 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
14048 \begin_inset Newline newline
14054 \begin_layout Itemize
14059 fonts use characters with serifs.
14060 These are the small
14061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14068 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
14069 The following example shows the difference:
14070 \begin_inset Newline newline
14074 \begin_inset Newline newline
14079 text without serifs
14082 \begin_inset Newline newline
14085 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
14086 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
14093 \begin_layout Itemize
14098 is not recommended to use a base type.
14099 This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
14100 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
14103 \begin_layout Standard
14104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14111 refers to applying or removing font properties.
14112 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
14113 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
14115 If you for example apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that
14116 currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle
14117 and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and
14120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14124 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14128 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14135 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
14136 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
14137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14144 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
14148 \begin_inset space ~
14153 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
14156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14165 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14169 \begin_inset space \space{}
14173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14191 \begin_inset space ~
14196 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
14198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14205 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
14208 \begin_layout Standard
14209 We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts!
14210 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
14213 \begin_layout Section
14214 Printing and Previewing
14217 \begin_layout Subsection
14221 \begin_layout Standard
14222 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
14223 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
14224 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
14225 goes on behind-the-scenes.
14226 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
14228 Additional Features
14233 \begin_layout Standard
14234 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
14235 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
14236 confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
14237 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
14238 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
14239 This happens in two stages:
14242 \begin_layout Enumerate
14243 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
14244 generating a file with the extension,
14245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14259 \begin_layout Enumerate
14260 Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the
14264 file to produce printable output.
14268 \begin_layout Subsection
14269 Output file formats
14270 \begin_inset Index idx
14273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14280 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14282 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
14289 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14290 Simple text (ASCII)
14291 \begin_inset Index idx
14294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14295 File formats ! ASCII
14303 \begin_layout Standard
14304 This file type has the extension
14305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14317 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
14318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14321 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
14322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14328 \begin_layout Standard
14329 You can export your document to ASCII with the menu
14331 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14332 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14334 \begin_inset space ~
14341 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14342 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14344 \begin_inset space ~
14348 \begin_inset space ~
14354 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
14358 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14360 \begin_inset Index idx
14363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14364 File formats ! LaTeX
14372 \begin_layout Standard
14373 This file type has the extension
14374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14385 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
14387 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
14388 it manually with console commands.
14389 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
14390 you view or export your document.
14393 \begin_layout Standard
14394 You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu
14396 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14397 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14412 The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
14413 \begin_inset space ~
14417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14419 reference "sub:Export"
14426 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14428 \begin_inset Index idx
14431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14440 \begin_layout Standard
14441 This file type has the extension
14442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14462 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
14463 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
14464 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
14468 \begin_layout Standard
14469 DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them.
14470 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
14471 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make
14472 them visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer
14473 when you view the DVI.
14474 So we recommend using PDF for files with many images.
14477 \begin_layout Standard
14478 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
14480 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14481 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14486 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14487 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14489 \begin_inset space ~
14496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14506 The latter option uses the program
14515 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14516 font access (see section
14517 \begin_inset space ~
14521 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14523 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14528 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14529 standard TeX processor.
14532 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14534 \begin_inset Index idx
14537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14538 File formats ! PostScript
14546 \begin_layout Standard
14547 This file type has the extension
14548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14560 PostScript was developed by the company
14564 as a printer language.
14565 The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the
14567 PostScript can be seen as a
14568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14571 programming language
14572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14575 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
14579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14580 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
14586 \begin_inset Index idx
14589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14590 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
14600 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
14603 \begin_layout Standard
14604 PostScript can only contain images in the format
14605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14608 Encapsulated PostScript
14609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14612 (EPS, file extension
14613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14625 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
14626 to convert them in the background to EPS.
14628 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14632 \begin_inset space \space{}
14636 \begin_inset space ~
14639 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
14640 \begin_inset space ~
14643 conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
14644 This might slow down your workflow with LyX.
14645 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
14646 EPS to avoid this problem.
14649 \begin_layout Standard
14650 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
14652 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14653 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14659 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14661 \begin_inset Index idx
14664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14671 \begin_inset Index idx
14674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14683 \begin_layout Standard
14684 This file type has the extension
14685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14693 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14701 Portable Document Format
14702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14709 was derived from PostScript.
14710 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
14712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14719 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
14720 looks exactly the same.
14723 \begin_layout Standard
14724 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
14725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14728 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14732 (JPG, file extension
14733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14760 Portable Network Graphics
14761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14764 (PNG, file extension
14765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14777 You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the
14778 background to one of these formats.
14779 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
14780 will slow down your workflow.
14781 So we recommend using images in one of the three mentioned formats.
14784 \begin_layout Standard
14785 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
14787 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14793 \begin_layout Description
14795 \begin_inset space ~
14798 (ps2pdf) This uses the program
14802 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
14803 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
14807 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
14808 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
14811 \begin_layout Description
14813 \begin_inset space ~
14816 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
14820 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
14824 \begin_layout Description
14826 \begin_inset space ~
14829 (pdflatex) This uses the program
14833 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14836 \begin_layout Description
14838 \begin_inset space ~
14845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14852 X) This uses the program
14856 that converts your file directly to PDF.
14861 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
14862 font access (see section
14863 \begin_inset space ~
14867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14869 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14874 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example verticall
14875 y written Japanese.
14878 \begin_layout Description
14880 \begin_inset space ~
14887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14894 X) This uses the program
14898 which converts your file directly to PDF.
14903 is an even newer engine, derived from
14907 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
14908 access (see section
14909 \begin_inset space ~
14913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14915 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
14920 LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
14921 standard TeX processor.
14924 \begin_layout Standard
14928 \begin_inset space ~
14937 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14938 works without problems.
14939 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14940 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14944 \begin_inset space ~
14951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14963 \begin_inset space ~
14970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14979 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14987 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14989 \begin_inset Index idx
14992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14993 FileFormats ! XHTML
14999 \begin_inset Index idx
15002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15011 \begin_layout Standard
15012 This file type has the extension
15013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15025 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
15026 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them.
15027 When LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
15028 suitable for the purpose.
15029 For the math output you can choose in the menu
15031 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15032 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15035 between different formats, which are described in section
15037 Math Output in XHTML
15042 \begin_inset space ~
15050 \begin_layout Standard
15051 XHTML output remains
15052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15059 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
15062 LyX and the World Wide Web
15066 Additional Features
15068 manual, for more information.
15071 \begin_layout Standard
15072 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
15074 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15075 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15081 \begin_layout Subsection
15083 \begin_inset Index idx
15086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15095 \begin_layout Standard
15096 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
15097 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
15106 or use the toolbar button
15113 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
15114 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
15115 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15121 reference "sec:File-Formats"
15125 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
15127 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15133 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
15138 Further output formats can be selected via
15140 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15143 or the toolbar button
15144 \begin_inset Graphics
15145 filename ../images/view-others.png
15147 groupId toolbarbuttons
15154 \begin_layout Standard
15155 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
15156 viewer window using the menu
15158 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15163 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15164 Update (Other Formats)
15169 \begin_layout Standard
15170 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
15172 To have a real output, export your document.
15175 \begin_layout Subsection
15176 Printing the File from within LyX
15177 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15179 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
15186 \begin_layout Standard
15187 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
15188 it directly from within LyX.
15189 To print a file, select the menu
15191 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15194 or click on the toolbar button
15197 arg "dialog-show print"
15201 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
15202 This file is then processed by the program
15206 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
15211 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
15214 \begin_layout Standard
15215 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
15216 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
15217 printing one set to print on the other side.
15218 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
15219 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
15220 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
15223 \begin_layout Standard
15224 You can set the following print parameters in the
15227 \begin_inset space ~
15235 \begin_layout Labeling
15236 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15241 This is the name of the printer to print to.
15245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15246 Note that this printer name is for the program
15255 has to be configured for this printer name.
15256 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
15257 \begin_inset space ~
15261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15263 reference "sub:Printer"
15272 The printer should understand PostScript.
15275 \begin_layout Labeling
15276 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15281 The name of a file to print to.
15282 The output will be a PostScript file.
15283 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
15287 \begin_layout Section
15288 A few Words about Typography
15289 \begin_inset Index idx
15292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15301 \begin_layout Subsection
15302 Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs
15303 \begin_inset Index idx
15306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15313 \begin_inset Index idx
15316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15325 \begin_layout Standard
15327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15338 character comes in four lengths: the
15350 , and the minus sign:
15351 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15357 \begin_layout Standard
15358 \begin_inset Tabular
15359 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15360 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15361 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15362 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15363 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15364 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15393 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15433 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15458 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15460 \begin_inset space ~
15463 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15470 <row interlinespace="3mm">
15471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15495 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15497 \begin_inset space ~
15500 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15521 \begin_inset Formula $-$
15529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15555 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
15561 \begin_layout Standard
15562 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
15563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15574 character multiple times in a row.
15575 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
15576 the final output, but not in LyX.
15578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15582 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15594 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15598 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15608 \begin_layout Standard
15609 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
15610 math mode and has a length of its own.
15611 Here are some examples:
15614 \begin_layout Enumerate
15615 line- and page-breaks
15616 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15626 \begin_layout Enumerate
15628 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15638 \begin_layout Enumerate
15639 Oh — there's a dash.
15640 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15650 \begin_layout Enumerate
15651 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
15655 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
15665 \begin_layout Subsection
15667 \begin_inset Index idx
15670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15677 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15679 name "sub:Hyphenation"
15686 \begin_layout Standard
15687 Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
15688 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
15693 \begin_inset Index idx
15696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15697 LaTeX-packages ! babel
15702 following the rules of the document language.
15705 \begin_layout Standard
15706 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
15711 font and with unusual constructs, like
15712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15720 If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
15722 This is done with the menu
15724 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15725 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15727 \begin_inset space ~
15733 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
15734 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
15737 \begin_layout Standard
15738 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
15739 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
15741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15749 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
15750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15757 as a hyphenation possibility.
15758 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
15759 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
15760 as described in section
15761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15764 Prevent Hyphenation
15765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15771 \begin_inset space ~
15779 \begin_layout Subsection
15781 \begin_inset Index idx
15784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15793 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15794 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
15795 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15797 name "sub:Abbreviations"
15804 \begin_layout Standard
15805 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
15806 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
15807 LaTeX then adds the
15808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15811 appropriate amount of space
15812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15816 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
15818 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word
15819 gets after another word.
15822 \begin_layout Standard
15823 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
15824 not work in all cases.
15826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15837 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
15838 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
15841 \begin_layout Standard
15842 Here are some examples of
15846 abbreviations and of the end of a sentence:
15849 \begin_layout Itemize
15854 \begin_layout Itemize
15859 \begin_layout Standard
15860 And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong:
15863 \begin_layout Itemize
15865 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15869 this is too much space!
15872 \begin_layout Itemize
15877 \begin_layout Standard
15878 You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
15881 \begin_layout Standard
15882 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
15885 \begin_layout Enumerate
15889 \begin_inset space ~
15894 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
15895 \begin_inset space ~
15899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15901 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
15906 \begin_inset Index idx
15909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15910 Spaces ! inter-word
15918 \begin_layout Enumerate
15922 \begin_inset space ~
15927 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15928 \begin_inset space ~
15932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15934 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15939 \begin_inset Index idx
15942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15951 \begin_layout Enumerate
15955 \begin_inset space ~
15959 \begin_inset space ~
15963 \begin_inset space ~
15970 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15972 \begin_inset space ~
15977 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15978 This function is also bound to
15981 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15987 \begin_layout Standard
15988 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15991 \begin_layout Itemize
15993 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15997 \begin_inset space \space{}
16000 this is too much space!
16003 \begin_layout Itemize
16004 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
16008 \begin_layout Standard
16009 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
16010 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
16011 will take care of this.
16014 \begin_layout Standard
16015 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
16019 \begin_inset space ~
16024 feature described in section
16030 Additional Features
16035 \begin_layout Subsubsection
16037 \begin_inset Index idx
16040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16041 Typography ! Quotes
16047 \begin_inset Index idx
16050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16081 \begin_layout Standard
16082 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
16083 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
16084 and use a closing quote at the end.
16086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16094 The keyboard character,
16098 , generates this automatically.
16101 \begin_layout Standard
16102 You can specify what character the
16106 key produces using the submenu
16112 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16116 \begin_inset Index idx
16119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16120 Document ! Settings
16130 There are six choices:
16133 \begin_layout Labeling
16134 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16137 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16146 Use quotes like this
16147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16157 \begin_layout Labeling
16158 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16161 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16165 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16171 \begin_inset Quotes sld
16175 \begin_inset Quotes srd
16181 \begin_layout Labeling
16182 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16185 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16189 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16195 \begin_inset Quotes gld
16199 \begin_inset Quotes grd
16205 \begin_layout Labeling
16206 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16209 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16213 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16219 \begin_inset Quotes pld
16223 \begin_inset Quotes prd
16229 \begin_layout Labeling
16230 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16233 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16237 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16243 \begin_inset Quotes fld
16247 \begin_inset Quotes frd
16253 \begin_layout Labeling
16254 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
16257 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16261 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16267 \begin_inset Quotes ald
16271 \begin_inset Quotes ard
16277 \begin_layout Subsection
16279 \begin_inset Index idx
16282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16283 Typography ! Ligatures
16289 \begin_inset Index idx
16292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16323 name "sub:Ligatures"
16330 \begin_layout Standard
16331 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
16332 print them as single characters.
16333 These groups are known as
16338 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
16340 Here are the standard ligatures:
16343 \begin_layout Itemize
16347 \begin_layout Itemize
16351 \begin_layout Itemize
16355 \begin_layout Itemize
16359 \begin_layout Itemize
16363 \begin_layout Standard
16364 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
16367 \begin_layout Standard
16368 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
16369 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
16370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16377 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
16378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16393 To break a ligature, use
16395 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16396 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16398 \begin_inset space ~
16405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16416 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16433 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
16435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16441 \begin_layout Subsection
16443 \begin_inset Index idx
16446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16455 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
16462 \begin_layout Standard
16463 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
16464 characters in different sizes and heights.
16465 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
16466 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
16467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16486 \begin_inset Note Note
16489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16490 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
16491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16498 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
16499 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
16504 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
16508 \begin_layout Description
16509 LyX The name of the game, write
16510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16531 \begin_layout Description
16532 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
16533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16554 \begin_layout Description
16555 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
16556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16577 \begin_layout Description
16578 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
16579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16600 \begin_layout Standard
16601 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
16602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16606 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
16610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16614 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
16615 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
16616 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
16619 : The actual version is
16620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16627 , the previous one was
16628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16638 \begin_layout Standard
16639 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
16640 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16644 \begin_inset space \space{}
16647 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
16649 This will look in LyX like:
16650 \begin_inset Graphics
16651 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
16657 \begin_inset Newline newline
16660 For more about TeX Code, look at section
16661 \begin_inset space ~
16665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16667 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
16674 \begin_layout Subsection
16676 \begin_inset Index idx
16679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16688 \begin_layout Standard
16689 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
16690 space between two words.
16691 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
16694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16701 for units use the menu
16703 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16704 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16706 \begin_inset space ~
16714 arg "space-insert thin"
16720 \begin_layout Standard
16721 Here is an example to show the differences:
16724 \begin_layout Standard
16725 \begin_inset Tabular
16726 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
16727 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16728 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16729 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
16731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16736 \begin_inset space ~
16740 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16752 space between number and unit
16759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16768 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
16776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
16779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16780 half space between number and unit
16793 \begin_layout Subsection
16795 \begin_inset Index idx
16798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16799 Typography ! Widows and orphans
16807 \begin_layout Standard
16808 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
16810 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
16811 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
16812 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
16813 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
16814 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
16815 These bits of text became known as
16826 \begin_layout Standard
16827 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
16828 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
16829 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
16830 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
16831 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
16832 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
16833 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
16836 \begin_layout Standard
16837 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
16838 or how you can tweak that behavior.
16839 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
16840 \begin_inset space ~
16844 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16846 key "latexcompanion"
16851 \begin_inset space ~
16855 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16861 ) may have more information.
16862 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16865 \begin_layout Chapter
16866 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16869 name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
16876 \begin_layout Standard
16877 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16880 \begin_inset space ~
16886 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16889 \begin_layout Section
16891 \begin_inset Index idx
16894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16901 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16910 \begin_layout Standard
16911 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16914 \begin_layout Description
16916 \begin_inset space ~
16919 Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
16920 \begin_inset Newline newline
16924 \begin_inset Note Note
16927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16928 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16936 \begin_layout Description
16937 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
16938 a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16940 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16941 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16943 \begin_inset space ~
16949 \begin_inset Newline newline
16953 \begin_inset Note Comment
16956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16957 This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files.
16965 \begin_layout Description
16967 \begin_inset space ~
16970 Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
16971 set in the document settings under
16973 Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16975 \begin_inset space ~
16981 \begin_inset Newline newline
16985 \begin_inset Newline newline
16989 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16998 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16999 In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
17004 of a comment that appears in the output.
17010 \begin_inset Newline newline
17014 \begin_inset Newline newline
17017 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
17018 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
17021 \begin_layout Standard
17022 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
17030 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17034 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
17037 \begin_layout Section
17039 \begin_inset Index idx
17042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17049 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17051 name "sec:Footnotes"
17058 \begin_layout Standard
17059 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
17062 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17065 or the toolbar button
17068 arg "footnote-insert"
17080 \begin_inset Graphics
17081 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
17090 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
17100 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17119 label, the box will
17123 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
17124 Clicking on the box label again, will close
17137 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
17138 and click on the footnote
17153 \begin_layout Standard
17154 Here is an example footnote:
17162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17163 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
17171 \begin_layout Standard
17172 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
17173 position where the footnote box is placed.
17174 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
17175 The footnote number is calculated by LyX.
17176 The numbers are consecutive, no matter in which chapter the footnote is
17178 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get other
17179 schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
17184 ey are described in the
17187 \begin_inset space ~
17195 \begin_layout Section
17197 \begin_inset Index idx
17200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17209 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
17216 \begin_layout Standard
17217 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
17218 When you insert a margin note via the menu
17220 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17222 \begin_inset space ~
17227 or the toolbar button
17230 arg "marginalnote-insert"
17249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17256 appearing within your text.
17257 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
17266 \begin_layout Standard
17267 At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
17271 \begin_inset Marginal
17274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17275 This is a marginal note.
17283 \begin_layout Standard
17284 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
17285 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
17286 pages, right on odd pages.
17289 \begin_layout Standard
17290 For further information about marginal notes see section
17293 \begin_inset space ~
17301 \begin_inset space ~
17309 \begin_layout Section
17310 Graphics and Images
17311 \begin_inset Index idx
17314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17321 \begin_inset Index idx
17324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17333 name "sec:Graphics"
17340 \begin_layout Standard
17341 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
17342 you want and click on the toolbar icon
17345 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
17350 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17354 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
17357 \begin_layout Standard
17358 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
17363 tab allows you to choose your image file.
17364 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
17366 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
17367 \begin_inset space ~
17371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17373 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
17380 \begin_layout Standard
17385 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
17386 of the image in the output.
17387 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
17391 \begin_inset space ~
17395 \begin_inset space ~
17404 \begin_inset space ~
17408 \begin_inset space ~
17412 \begin_inset space ~
17417 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
17418 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
17426 \begin_layout Standard
17429 LaTeX and LyX options
17431 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
17432 In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX.
17436 \begin_inset space ~
17441 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
17442 with the image size is printed.
17446 \begin_inset space ~
17450 \begin_inset space ~
17454 \begin_inset space ~
17459 is explained in the
17462 \begin_inset space ~
17474 \begin_layout Standard
17475 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
17476 Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are
17478 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
17482 \begin_layout Standard
17484 \begin_inset Graphics
17485 filename clipart/mobius.eps
17493 \begin_layout Standard
17494 If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
17495 the image into a float, see section
17496 \begin_inset space ~
17500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17502 reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
17509 \begin_layout Subsection
17511 \begin_inset Index idx
17514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17521 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17523 name "sub:Image-Formats"
17530 \begin_layout Standard
17531 You can insert images in any known file format.
17532 But as we explained in section
17533 \begin_inset space ~
17537 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17539 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17543 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
17544 LyX therefore uses the program
17548 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
17549 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
17550 use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
17551 \begin_inset space ~
17555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17557 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
17564 \begin_layout Standard
17565 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
17568 \begin_layout Description
17570 \begin_inset space ~
17573 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
17574 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
17575 Well-known bitmap image formats are
17576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17579 Graphics Interchange Format
17580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17583 (GIF, file extension
17584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17592 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17596 \begin_inset Index idx
17599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17631 Portable Network Graphics
17632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17635 (PNG, file extension
17636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17648 \begin_inset Index idx
17651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17683 Joint Photographic Experts Group
17684 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17687 (JPG, file extension
17688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17700 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17712 \begin_inset Index idx
17715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17746 \begin_layout Description
17748 \begin_inset space ~
17751 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
17753 The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
17754 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
17755 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
17756 \begin_inset Newline newline
17759 Scalable image formats can be
17760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17763 Scalable Vector Graphics
17764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17767 (SVG, file extension
17768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17780 \begin_inset Index idx
17783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17815 Encapsulated PostScript
17816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17819 (EPS, file extension
17820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17832 \begin_inset Index idx
17835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17867 Portable Document Format
17868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17871 (PDF, file extension
17872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17884 \begin_inset Index idx
17887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
17899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
17902 , because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
17903 result will not be scalable.
17904 In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
17909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17910 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17918 \begin_layout Standard
17919 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17923 \begin_layout Subsection
17924 Grouping of Image Settings
17925 \begin_inset Index idx
17928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17929 Images ! Settings grouping
17937 \begin_layout Standard
17938 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17940 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17941 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17943 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17944 need to manually change each of them.
17948 \begin_layout Standard
17949 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17952 \begin_inset space ~
17957 field in the Graphics dialog.
17958 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17959 by checking the name of the desired group.
17962 \begin_layout Section
17964 \begin_inset Index idx
17967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17974 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17983 \begin_layout Standard
17984 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17987 arg "tabular-insert"
17992 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17996 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17997 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17998 from the rest of the table.
17999 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
18000 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
18002 Here is an example table:
18005 \begin_layout Standard
18007 \begin_inset Tabular
18008 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
18009 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18010 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18013 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18213 \begin_layout Subsection
18217 \begin_layout Standard
18218 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and
18221 More\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18225 This brings up the table dialog.
18226 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the
18227 cursor is placed currently.
18228 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
18229 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
18230 done on all of your selection.
18233 \begin_layout Standard
18234 In addition to the table dialog, the
18237 \begin_inset space ~
18242 helps you in setting table properties.
18243 It appears if the cursor is inside a table.
18246 \begin_layout Standard
18250 \begin_inset space ~
18255 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
18256 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
18257 current cell respectively.
18258 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
18260 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
18261 of text, see section
18262 \begin_inset space ~
18266 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18268 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
18275 \begin_layout Standard
18276 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
18277 using the check box
18286 This will merge the cells to
18290 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
18291 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
18292 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
18293 Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
18294 in the last row without the upper border:
18297 \begin_layout Standard
18299 \begin_inset Tabular
18300 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
18301 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
18302 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18303 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
18304 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
18305 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18316 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18325 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18401 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18436 \begin_layout Standard
18437 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
18438 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
18439 explained in the chapter
18446 \begin_inset space ~
18452 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
18453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18456 degrees counterclockwise.
18457 These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output.
18460 \begin_layout Standard
18461 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18469 Most DVI-viewers are
18473 able to display rotations.
18481 \begin_layout Standard
18486 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
18491 adds lines for all cell borders.
18494 \begin_layout Subsection
18496 \begin_inset Index idx
18499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18500 Tables ! Longtables
18506 \begin_inset Index idx
18509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18518 \begin_layout Standard
18519 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
18522 \begin_inset space ~
18526 \begin_inset space ~
18535 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
18536 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
18539 \begin_layout Description
18544 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18545 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
18546 except for the first page, if
18549 \begin_inset space ~
18557 \begin_layout Description
18561 \begin_inset space ~
18566 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
18567 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
18570 \begin_layout Description
18575 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18576 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
18577 except for the last page, if
18580 \begin_inset space ~
18588 \begin_layout Description
18592 \begin_inset space ~
18597 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
18598 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
18601 \begin_layout Description
18602 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
18603 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
18605 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18609 More about longtable captions can be found in the
18612 \begin_inset space ~
18620 \begin_layout Standard
18621 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
18622 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
18623 that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as
18629 In this context, first means first in this order:
18632 \begin_inset space ~
18644 \begin_inset space ~
18649 ; see the following longtable to see how it works:
18652 \begin_layout Standard
18654 \begin_inset Tabular
18655 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
18656 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
18657 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
18658 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18659 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18660 <row endfirsthead="true">
18661 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18667 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
18672 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18681 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18691 <row endfirsthead="true">
18692 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18703 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18712 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18724 <row endhead="true">
18725 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18736 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18745 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18755 <row endhead="true">
18756 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18767 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18776 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18788 <row endfoot="true">
18789 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18800 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18809 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18840 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19781 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19790 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19799 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19810 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19841 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19872 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19903 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19934 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19965 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19996 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20027 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20058 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20089 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20120 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20151 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20182 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20213 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20244 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20275 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20306 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20337 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20368 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20399 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20430 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20461 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20492 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20523 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20554 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20585 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20616 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20647 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20678 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20709 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20740 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
20754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20770 <row endlastfoot="true">
20771 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20782 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
20785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20791 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20808 \begin_layout Subsection
20810 \begin_inset Index idx
20813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20822 name "sub:Table-Cells"
20829 \begin_layout Standard
20830 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
20831 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
20832 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
20833 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
20837 , etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph.
20840 \begin_layout Standard
20841 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
20842 for the column in the table dialog.
20843 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
20844 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
20848 \begin_layout Standard
20850 \begin_inset Tabular
20851 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
20852 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20853 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20854 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
20855 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20875 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20944 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21000 This is longer now.
21005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21056 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
21057 This is longer now.
21062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21088 \begin_layout Standard
21089 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
21090 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
21094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21095 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
21096 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
21102 Selection with the mouse or with
21106 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
21107 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
21108 the selection from outside the table.
21111 \begin_layout Section
21113 \begin_inset Index idx
21116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21123 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21132 \begin_layout Subsection
21136 \begin_layout Standard
21137 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
21138 have a fixed location.
21140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21147 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
21155 \begin_inset space ~
21160 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
21161 too many notes on the current page.
21164 \begin_layout Standard
21165 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
21166 Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
21167 and pages without text.
21168 As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and
21169 the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text.
21170 Floats are therefore numbered.
21171 Referencing is described in section
21172 \begin_inset space ~
21176 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21178 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21185 \begin_layout Standard
21186 To insert a float, use the menu
21188 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21192 A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
21193 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
21195 After the label you can insert the caption text.
21196 \begin_inset Index idx
21199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21205 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
21206 paragraph within the float.
21207 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
21208 by left-clicking on the box label.
21209 A closed float box looks like this:
21210 \begin_inset Graphics
21211 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
21216 – a gray button with a red label.
21219 \begin_layout Standard
21220 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
21221 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
21224 \begin_layout Subsection
21228 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21230 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21232 name "sub:Figure-Floats"
21237 \begin_inset Index idx
21240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21241 Floats ! Figure floats
21249 \begin_layout Standard
21251 \begin_inset space ~
21255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21257 reference "fig:Platypus-distorted"
21261 was created using the menu
21263 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21264 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21267 or the toolbar button
21270 arg "float-insert figure"
21274 The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
21277 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21280 or the toolbar button
21283 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
21287 The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
21288 in front of or behind the image and using the menu
21290 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21292 \begin_inset space ~
21297 or the toolbar button
21300 arg "layout-paragraph"
21306 \begin_layout Standard
21307 \begin_inset Float figure
21312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21314 \begin_inset Graphics
21315 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21325 \begin_inset Caption
21327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21330 name "fig:Platypus-distorted"
21334 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
21347 \begin_layout Standard
21348 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
21349 to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu
21351 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21354 or the toolbar button
21360 and refer to it using the menu
21362 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21365 or the toolbar button
21368 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
21372 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
21374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21381 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
21383 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21387 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21391 For more about cross-references, see section
21392 \begin_inset space ~
21396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21398 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21405 \begin_layout Standard
21406 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
21407 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
21408 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
21409 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
21410 as described in section
21411 \begin_inset space ~
21415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21417 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
21423 \begin_inset space ~
21427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21429 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21433 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
21434 You can also set the images one below the other.
21436 \begin_inset space ~
21440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21442 reference "fig:Undefinable"
21447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21449 reference "fig:Platypus"
21453 are the subfigures.
21456 \begin_layout Standard
21457 \begin_inset Float figure
21462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21463 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21467 \begin_inset Float figure
21472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21473 \begin_inset Caption
21475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21476 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21478 name "fig:Undefinable"
21490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21491 \begin_inset Graphics
21492 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
21503 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21507 \begin_inset Float figure
21512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21513 \begin_inset Caption
21515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21518 name "fig:Platypus"
21530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21531 \begin_inset Graphics
21532 filename clipart/platypus.eps
21544 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21551 \begin_inset Caption
21553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21554 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21556 name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
21560 Two distorted images.
21573 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21575 \begin_inset Index idx
21578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21579 Floats ! Table floats
21587 \begin_layout Standard
21588 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
21590 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21591 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21594 or the toolbar button
21597 arg "float-insert table"
21601 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
21604 \begin_inset space ~
21608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21610 reference "tab:Table-float"
21617 \begin_layout Standard
21618 \begin_inset Float table
21623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21624 \begin_inset Caption
21626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21627 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21629 name "tab:Table-float"
21641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21643 \begin_inset Tabular
21644 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
21645 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21646 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21647 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21648 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21775 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
21783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21796 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21799 \end{array}\right]$
21807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21820 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
21841 \begin_layout Subsection
21843 \begin_inset Index idx
21846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21855 \begin_layout Standard
21856 LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
21857 It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
21858 float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
21860 All these features are explained in detail with many examples in chapter
21868 \begin_inset space ~
21876 \begin_layout Section
21878 \begin_inset Index idx
21881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21890 name "sec:Minipages"
21897 \begin_layout Standard
21898 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21900 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21901 \begin_inset space \space{}
21908 \begin_layout Standard
21909 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21911 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21915 Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21916 and its alignment within the page.
21919 \begin_layout Standard
21921 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21931 height_special "totalheight"
21934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21937 This is a minipage.
21938 The text is set in an italic style.
21941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21944 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21945 another formatting.
21953 \begin_layout Standard
21954 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21957 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21961 as described in section
21962 \begin_inset space ~
21966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21968 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21973 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21979 \begin_layout Standard
21980 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21990 height_special "totalheight"
21993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21994 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21995 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22001 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
22005 \begin_inset Box Frameless
22015 height_special "totalheight"
22018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22019 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
22020 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
22028 \begin_layout Standard
22029 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22035 \begin_layout Standard
22036 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another
22038 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
22045 \begin_inset space ~
22053 \begin_layout Chapter
22054 Mathematical Formulas
22055 \begin_inset Index idx
22058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22065 \begin_inset Index idx
22068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22097 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22099 name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
22106 \begin_layout Standard
22107 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
22112 There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
22115 \begin_layout Section
22117 \begin_inset Index idx
22120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22129 \begin_layout Standard
22130 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
22137 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22139 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22140 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22141 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22143 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22149 \begin_layout Standard
22150 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22154 \begin_inset space ~
22159 , that appears if the cursor is in a formula.
22162 \begin_layout Standard
22163 There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
22164 Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
22167 \begin_layout Standard
22168 This is a line with an inline formula
22169 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22175 \begin_layout Standard
22176 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
22177 paragraph, like this one:
22178 \begin_inset Formula
22185 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22188 \begin_layout Standard
22189 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22191 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22195 \begin_inset space \space{}
22199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22212 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22213 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22217 Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22220 \begin_inset space ~
22228 \begin_layout Subsection
22229 Navigating in Formulas
22230 \begin_inset Index idx
22233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22242 \begin_layout Standard
22243 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22244 achieved with the arrow keys.
22245 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22246 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22251 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22252 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22256 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22260 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22263 \end{array}\right]$
22271 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22276 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22277 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22280 \begin_layout Standard
22285 , printed in this document as
22286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22307 \begin_inset Note Note
22310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22311 This command will appear in the output as an official character denoting
22312 the space character (visible space).
22317 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22318 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22319 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22324 For example, if you want
22325 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22379 , since in the latter case only the
22382 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22387 will be under the square root sign:
22388 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22394 \begin_layout Standard
22395 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22397 \begin_inset Formula
22399 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22408 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22409 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22412 \begin_layout Subsection
22416 \begin_layout Standard
22417 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22418 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22422 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22423 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22424 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22425 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22426 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22429 \begin_layout Subsection
22430 Exponents and Subscripts
22431 \begin_inset Index idx
22434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22441 \begin_inset Index idx
22444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22453 \begin_layout Standard
22454 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
22457 arg "math-superscript"
22463 arg "math-subscript"
22466 ), but the much easier way is to use a command.
22468 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22471 , type in a formula
22477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22493 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22499 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22503 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22524 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22533 , you have to use an extra
22537 to separate the hat and the character.
22539 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22543 \begin_inset space \space{}
22547 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22568 Subscripts are similar: To get
22569 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22592 \begin_layout Subsection
22594 \begin_inset Index idx
22597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22606 \begin_layout Standard
22607 Create a fraction with either the command
22616 arg "math-insert \\frac"
22622 \begin_inset space ~
22628 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22629 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22630 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22635 To move back up, press
22640 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22641 \begin_inset Formula
22643 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22646 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22654 \begin_layout Subsection
22656 \begin_inset Index idx
22659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22668 \begin_layout Standard
22669 Roots can be created using the
22672 \begin_inset space ~
22680 arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
22686 arg "math-insert \\root"
22708 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22714 produces always a square root.
22717 \begin_layout Subsection
22718 Operators with Limits
22719 \begin_inset Index idx
22722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22729 \begin_inset Index idx
22732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22739 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22741 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22748 \begin_layout Standard
22750 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22754 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22757 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22758 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22759 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22760 The sum operator will automatically place its
22761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22768 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22771 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22775 \begin_inset Formula
22777 \sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22782 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22786 \begin_layout Standard
22787 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22789 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22790 behind the operator and hitting
22798 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22799 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22801 \begin_inset space ~
22805 \begin_inset space ~
22813 \begin_layout Standard
22814 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22822 feature as addition, such as
22823 \begin_inset Index idx
22826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22833 \begin_inset Formula
22835 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22840 which will place the
22841 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22853 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22854 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22860 \begin_layout Standard
22861 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22868 Have a look at section
22869 \begin_inset space ~
22873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22875 reference "sub:Functions"
22879 for an explanation of function macros.
22882 \begin_layout Subsection
22884 \begin_inset Index idx
22887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22896 \begin_layout Standard
22897 Most math symbols can be found in the
22900 \begin_inset space ~
22905 under one of several categories; including
22922 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22926 \begin_layout Standard
22927 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22928 you don't have to use the
22931 \begin_inset space ~
22936 ; you can type the command directly into the formula.
22937 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22940 \begin_layout Subsection
22942 \begin_inset Index idx
22945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22954 \begin_layout Standard
22955 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22960 arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
22966 \begin_inset space ~
22976 arg "math-insert \\space"
22982 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22983 For example, the sequence
22988 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22992 \begin_inset Graphics
22993 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22998 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22999 the space marker and hit space again several times.
23000 With every space hit the size will be changed.
23001 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
23003 Here are two examples:
23006 \begin_layout Standard
23016 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
23022 \begin_layout Standard
23032 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
23038 \begin_layout Subsection
23040 \begin_inset Index idx
23043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23052 name "sub:Functions"
23059 \begin_layout Standard
23063 \begin_inset space ~
23068 contains under the button
23073 arg "math-insert \\functions"
23078 a number of function macros, such as
23079 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
23083 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
23091 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
23098 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
23099 avoid confusions, because
23100 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
23104 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
23110 \begin_layout Standard
23111 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
23113 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
23117 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
23123 \begin_layout Standard
23124 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
23125 s are placed, as described in section
23126 \begin_inset space ~
23130 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23132 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
23139 \begin_layout Subsection
23141 \begin_inset Index idx
23144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23153 \begin_layout Standard
23154 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23156 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23157 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23158 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23162 \begin_inset space \space{}
23166 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23169 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23170 Our example is entered by typing
23178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23191 \begin_inset space ~
23195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23197 reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
23201 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23204 \begin_layout Standard
23205 \begin_inset Float table
23210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23211 \begin_inset Caption
23213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23214 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23216 name "tab:Accent-names-and"
23220 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23230 \begin_inset Tabular
23231 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23232 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23233 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23319 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23373 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23427 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23481 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23535 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23589 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23643 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23697 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23751 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23796 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23817 \begin_layout Standard
23818 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23821 \begin_inset space ~
23829 arg "math-insert \\hat"
23832 in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23836 \begin_layout Section
23837 Brackets and Delimiters
23838 \begin_inset Index idx
23841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23848 \begin_inset Index idx
23851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23860 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23867 \begin_layout Standard
23868 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23869 For some purposes, using just the keys
23874 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23875 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23876 toolbar delimiter icon
23879 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23883 For example, that is how you would construct the brackets around a matrix:
23884 \begin_inset Formula
23886 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23894 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
23895 Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
23899 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23902 and the expression on the right was entered using the
23908 \begin_inset Formula
23910 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
23918 \begin_layout Standard
23919 If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
23920 that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
23924 \begin_layout Standard
23925 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23926 left side and right side.
23927 If you use the option
23930 \begin_inset space ~
23935 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23936 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23937 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23938 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23941 \begin_layout Standard
23942 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23943 you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to
23944 go inside the brackets.
23945 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23950 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23951 The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
23952 braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
23953 For example, to insert a pair of flexible parentheses on both sides, select
23954 the structure and enter
23957 arg "math-delim ( )"
23963 \begin_layout Section
23964 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23965 \begin_inset Index idx
23968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23975 \begin_inset Index idx
23978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23985 \begin_inset Index idx
23988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23989 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23997 \begin_layout Standard
23998 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
24001 \begin_inset space ~
24011 arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
24017 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
24018 Here is an example:
24019 \begin_inset Formula
24021 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
24030 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
24031 \begin_inset space ~
24035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24037 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
24042 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
24043 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
24044 This alignment is set in the box
24049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24097 for every column as default.
24098 For example, the sequence
24099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24110 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
24111 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
24112 corresponds to the relevant column.
24113 The result will look like this:
24114 \begin_inset Formula
24117 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
24118 column & has & has\, right\\
24119 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
24128 \begin_layout Standard
24129 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
24132 arg "newline-insert newline"
24135 while the cursor is in the matrix.
24136 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
24138 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24141 or the math toolbar.
24144 \begin_layout Standard
24145 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
24146 It can be created with the menu
24148 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24149 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24151 \begin_inset space ~
24163 Here is an example:
24164 \begin_inset Formula
24178 \begin_layout Standard
24179 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24182 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24185 arg "newline-insert newline"
24189 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24194 arg "newline-insert newline"
24197 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24205 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24206 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24207 A new row is created by every further hit of
24210 arg "newline-insert newline"
24214 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24215 Here is an example:
24216 \begin_inset Formula
24218 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24219 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24224 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
24225 in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24226 \begin_inset Formula
24228 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24236 \begin_layout Standard
24237 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24244 There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
24245 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
24246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24248 reference "eq:asquared"
24253 The other types are described in section
24254 \begin_inset space ~
24258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24260 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24267 \begin_layout Section
24268 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24269 \begin_inset Index idx
24272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24273 Math ! Formula numbering
24279 \begin_inset Index idx
24282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24283 Math ! Referencing formulas
24289 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24291 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24298 \begin_layout Standard
24299 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24301 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24302 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24304 \begin_inset space ~
24312 arg "math-number-toggle"
24316 The formula number appears in LyX as
24317 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24321 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24324 within parentheses.
24326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24333 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24335 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24336 the document class.
24337 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24338 separated by a dot:
24339 \begin_inset Formula
24349 arg "math-number-toggle"
24352 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24353 You can only number displayed formulas.
24356 \begin_layout Standard
24357 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24359 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24360 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24362 \begin_inset space ~
24366 \begin_inset space ~
24370 \begin_inset space ~
24378 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24381 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24382 \begin_inset Formula
24385 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24391 To number all lines use the shortcut
24394 arg "math-number-toggle"
24400 \begin_layout Standard
24401 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24404 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24405 A label is inserted with the menu
24407 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24410 when the cursor is in the formula.
24411 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24412 It is recommended to use the proposed
24413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24424 as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
24425 label type when you have many labels in your document.
24426 We inserted in the following example the label
24427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24434 in the second line:
24435 \begin_inset Formula
24437 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24438 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24443 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24444 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24454 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24456 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24458 \begin_inset space ~
24464 A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
24465 The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
24466 as the formula number:
24469 \begin_layout Standard
24470 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24473 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24480 \begin_layout Standard
24481 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24482 \begin_inset space ~
24486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24488 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24493 To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
24501 \begin_layout Section
24502 User defined math macros
24503 \begin_inset Index idx
24506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24515 \begin_layout Standard
24516 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24517 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24518 Math macros are explained in section
24521 \begin_inset space ~
24533 \begin_layout Section
24537 \begin_layout Subsection
24539 \begin_inset Index idx
24542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24551 \begin_layout Standard
24552 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24553 To set a font in a formula, use the
24556 \begin_inset space ~
24566 arg "math-insert \\font"
24571 , or enter its command, listed in table
24572 \begin_inset space ~
24576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24578 reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
24585 \begin_layout Standard
24586 \begin_inset Float table
24591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24592 \begin_inset Caption
24594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24595 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24597 name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
24601 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24611 \begin_inset Tabular
24612 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24613 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24614 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24615 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24647 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24674 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24701 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24734 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24761 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24788 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24822 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24849 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24883 \begin_layout Standard
24884 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24892 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24908 \begin_layout Standard
24909 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24910 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24915 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24916 space when you need a space in the box.
24917 Here is an example where
24918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24929 denotes the set of numbers:
24930 \begin_inset Formula
24932 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24940 \begin_layout Standard
24941 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24943 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24947 \begin_inset space \space{}
24959 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24963 \begin_inset Newline newline
24966 So it is better not to use this feature.
24969 \begin_layout Standard
24970 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24971 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24975 \begin_inset Newline newline
24978 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24984 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24985 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24991 \begin_layout Standard
24998 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
25001 \begin_layout Standard
25002 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
25004 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25005 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25007 \begin_inset space ~
25015 \begin_layout Subsection
25017 \begin_inset Index idx
25020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25029 \begin_layout Standard
25030 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
25032 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
25036 \begin_inset space ~
25040 \begin_inset space ~
25048 \begin_inset space ~
25058 arg "math-insert \\font"
25070 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
25071 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
25072 Here is an example:
25073 \begin_inset Formula
25076 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
25077 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
25086 \begin_layout Subsection
25088 \begin_inset Index idx
25091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25100 \begin_layout Standard
25101 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
25102 automatically chosen in most situations.
25120 For most characters,
25128 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
25129 and certain other structures, are set larger in
25134 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
25135 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
25137 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
25142 arg "math-insert \\style"
25148 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
25149 For example, you can set
25150 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
25153 , which is normally in
25162 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25166 The four styles are used in the following example:
25169 \begin_layout Standard
25170 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25174 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25178 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25182 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25188 \begin_layout Standard
25189 All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
25190 is set in a particular size with the menu
25192 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25194 \begin_inset space ~
25199 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25200 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25201 will be adjusted to correspond.
25202 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25213 \begin_layout Standard
25217 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25223 \begin_layout Section
25227 \begin_layout Standard
25228 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25229 the document classes and into layout modules.
25230 \begin_inset Index idx
25233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25239 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25240 other than the AMS classes.
25242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25244 reference "sub:Modules"
25248 for more on layout modules.
25251 \begin_layout Section
25253 \begin_inset Index idx
25256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25263 \begin_inset Index idx
25266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25275 \begin_layout Standard
25276 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25277 (AMS) that are in common use.
25280 \begin_layout Subsection
25281 Enabling AMS-Support
25284 \begin_layout Standard
25285 Selecting the checkbox
25288 \begin_inset space ~
25292 \begin_inset space ~
25296 \begin_inset space ~
25303 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25307 \begin_inset Index idx
25310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25311 Document ! Settings
25319 \begin_inset space ~
25324 will include the AMS-packages in the document and make the facilities available.
25325 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25326 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25329 \begin_layout Subsection
25331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25333 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25338 \begin_inset Index idx
25341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25342 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25350 \begin_layout Standard
25351 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25352 LyX allows you to choose between
25373 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25376 \begin_layout Chapter
25380 \begin_layout Section
25382 \begin_inset Index idx
25385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25394 name "sec:Cross-References"
25401 \begin_layout Standard
25402 One of LyX's strengths is cross-references.
25403 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25405 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25406 The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
25407 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25410 \begin_layout Enumerate
25414 \begin_layout Enumerate
25415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25417 name "enu:Second-item"
25424 \begin_layout Enumerate
25428 \begin_layout Standard
25429 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25431 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25434 or by pressing the toolbar button
25441 A gray label box like this:
25442 \begin_inset Graphics
25443 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25448 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25449 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25484 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25485 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25489 \begin_inset space \space{}
25492 if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix will
25494 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25508 \begin_layout Standard
25509 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25511 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25514 or the toolbar button
25517 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25521 A gray cross-reference box like this:
25522 \begin_inset Graphics
25523 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25528 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25530 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25543 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25547 \begin_layout Standard
25550 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25553 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25558 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
25559 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25561 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25573 \begin_layout Standard
25574 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25575 \begin_inset space ~
25579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25581 reference "enu:Second-item"
25588 \begin_layout Standard
25589 It is recommended to use a protected space
25593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25594 described in section
25595 \begin_inset space ~
25599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25601 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25610 between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
25611 line breaks between them.
25614 \begin_layout Standard
25615 There are six formats of cross-references:
25618 \begin_layout Description
25619 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25622 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25629 \begin_layout Description
25630 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25631 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25637 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25641 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25643 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25650 \begin_layout Description
25651 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25652 \begin_inset space ~
25656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25657 LatexCommand pageref
25658 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25665 \begin_layout Description
25667 \begin_inset space ~
25671 \begin_inset space ~
25674 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25676 LatexCommand vpageref
25677 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25684 \begin_layout Description
25686 \begin_inset space ~
25690 \begin_inset space ~
25694 \begin_inset space ~
25697 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25700 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25707 \begin_layout Description
25709 \begin_inset space ~
25712 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25713 \begin_inset Newline newline
25717 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25725 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25734 \begin_inset Index idx
25737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25738 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25744 \begin_inset Index idx
25747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25748 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25759 \begin_inset Newline newline
25762 You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
25765 Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
25769 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25770 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25778 is the default and preferred because
25782 supports only English documents.
25783 The format is specified by using the command
25795 (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
25796 For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
25798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25809 ) can be done with this command
25810 \begin_inset Newline newline
25817 newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
25822 \begin_inset Newline newline
25825 For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
25827 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25829 key "prettyref,refstyle"
25836 \begin_layout Description
25838 \begin_inset space ~
25841 reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
25842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25843 LatexCommand nameref
25844 reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
25851 \begin_layout Standard
25856 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25859 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25863 \begin_inset space \space{}
25867 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25881 <reference> on page <page>
25883 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25886 \begin_layout Standard
25887 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25888 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25889 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25893 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25897 \begin_layout Standard
25898 You can only use the style
25902 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25906 is always possible.
25909 \begin_layout Standard
25910 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25911 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25913 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25914 \begin_inset space ~
25918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25920 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25927 \begin_layout Standard
25928 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25932 \begin_inset space ~
25936 \begin_inset space ~
25941 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25942 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25945 \begin_inset space ~
25950 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25951 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25954 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25960 \begin_layout Standard
25961 You can change labels at any time.
25962 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25963 do not need to think about this.
25966 \begin_layout Standard
25967 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25968 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25971 \begin_layout Standard
25972 References are described in detail in sec.
25973 \begin_inset space ~
25977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25987 \begin_inset space ~
25995 \begin_layout Section
25996 Table of Contents and other Listings
25997 \begin_inset Index idx
26000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26007 \begin_inset Index idx
26010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26017 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26026 \begin_layout Subsection
26028 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26030 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
26037 \begin_layout Standard
26038 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
26040 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26041 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26043 \begin_inset space ~
26047 \begin_inset space ~
26053 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
26054 If you click on it, the
26058 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
26059 to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
26060 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
26062 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26065 that is described in sec.
26066 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26072 reference "sub:The-Outliner"
26079 \begin_layout Standard
26080 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
26081 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
26083 \begin_inset space ~
26087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26089 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
26093 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
26095 \begin_inset space ~
26099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26101 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
26105 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
26107 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
26110 \begin_layout Subsection
26111 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
26112 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26114 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
26121 \begin_layout Standard
26122 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
26123 You can insert them via the
26125 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26127 \begin_inset space ~
26131 \begin_inset space ~
26137 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
26140 \begin_layout Section
26141 URLs and Hyperlinks
26142 \begin_inset Index idx
26145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26152 \begin_inset Index idx
26155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26164 \begin_layout Subsection
26166 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26175 \begin_layout Standard
26176 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
26178 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26184 \begin_layout Standard
26185 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
26186 \begin_inset Flex URL
26189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26199 \begin_layout Standard
26200 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
26206 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
26210 \begin_layout Standard
26211 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26219 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
26227 \begin_layout Subsection
26229 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26231 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
26238 \begin_layout Standard
26239 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
26241 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26244 or with the toolbar button
26251 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26260 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26261 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26262 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26264 name "LyX's homepage"
26265 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26269 , an Email address like this:
26270 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26272 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26273 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26278 , or a link to a file.
26281 \begin_layout Standard
26282 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
26284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26295 to the link target.
26298 \begin_layout Standard
26299 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26300 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26301 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26302 the text style dialog.
26303 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26307 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26309 name "LyX's homepage"
26310 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26317 \begin_layout Standard
26318 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26322 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26324 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26325 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26329 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26331 \begin_inset Newline newline
26339 \begin_inset Newline newline
26346 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26349 \begin_layout Section
26351 \begin_inset Index idx
26354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26361 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26363 name "sec:Appendices"
26370 \begin_layout Standard
26371 Appendices are created with the menu
26373 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26375 \begin_inset space ~
26379 \begin_inset space ~
26385 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26386 as the appendix region.
26387 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26390 \begin_layout Standard
26391 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26392 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26393 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26394 and the subsection number.
26395 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26399 \begin_layout Standard
26401 \begin_inset space ~
26405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26407 reference "chap:Credits"
26412 \begin_inset space ~
26416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26418 reference "sub:Export"
26425 \begin_layout Section
26427 \begin_inset Index idx
26430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26437 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26439 name "sec:Bibliography"
26446 \begin_layout Standard
26447 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26448 You can include a bibliography database,
26452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26453 Known under the name
26454 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26458 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26466 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26467 manually, using the paragraph environment
26471 , which was described in section
26472 \begin_inset space ~
26476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26478 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26483 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26484 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26488 use a bibliography database.
26491 \begin_layout Subsection
26492 The Bibliography Environment
26495 \begin_layout Standard
26500 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26502 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26511 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26513 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26522 , a short form of its title, as the key.
26525 \begin_layout Standard
26526 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26528 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26531 or the toolbar button
26534 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26538 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26539 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26540 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26541 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26545 \begin_layout Standard
26546 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26547 entry with surrounding brackets.
26552 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26553 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26565 \begin_layout Standard
26568 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26571 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26573 key "latexcompanion"
26580 \begin_layout Standard
26581 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26582 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26591 \begin_layout Subsection
26592 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26593 \begin_inset Index idx
26596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26597 Bibliography ! Databases
26603 \begin_inset Index idx
26606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26607 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26613 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26615 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26622 \begin_layout Standard
26623 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26629 They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
26631 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26632 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26637 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26639 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26640 your working field in a database.
26641 This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
26642 the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
26643 list for that document.
26644 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26648 \begin_layout Standard
26649 The database is a text file with the file extension
26650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26661 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26662 The format is explained in
26663 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26669 and in LaTeX books (
26670 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26672 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26677 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26678 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26679 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26680 \begin_inset Flex URL
26683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26685 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26693 \begin_layout Standard
26694 To use a database, use the menu
26696 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26701 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26714 \begin_inset space ~
26720 A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
26721 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26724 Add bibliography to TOC
26726 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26731 drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
26732 in the document or just the cited references.
26735 \begin_layout Standard
26736 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26748 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26749 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26750 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26752 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26758 For information on how this is done, have a look at
26759 \begin_inset Newline newline
26763 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26765 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26777 \begin_layout Standard
26778 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26781 \begin_layout Standard
26782 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26783 You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the processor
26784 either in the document settings under
26788 or in LyX's preferences under
26790 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26805 The following variants are possible:
26808 \begin_layout Description
26809 biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, does not work with
26810 other bibliography packages (like e.
26811 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26815 \begin_inset space ~
26822 ), only with the package
26826 ; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
26830 \begin_layout Description
26831 bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
26832 that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
26833 with all bibliography packages, except of
26838 \begin_layout Description
26839 bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in a 8-bit encoding,
26844 , works with all bibliography packages
26847 \begin_layout Standard
26848 BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
26850 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26856 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26865 \begin_layout Standard
26866 When you select the option
26868 Sectioned bibliography
26872 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26875 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26876 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26878 Customizing Bibliographies
26886 Additional Features
26891 \begin_layout Standard
26892 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26893 the two methods of creating them.
26894 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26895 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26896 We used the style file
26900 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26903 \begin_layout Subsection
26904 Bibliography layout
26905 \begin_inset Index idx
26908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26909 Bibliography ! Layout
26917 \begin_layout Standard
26918 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26919 For this feature you need to enable the option
26925 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26929 \begin_inset Index idx
26932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26933 Document ! Settings
26943 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26944 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26945 in the previous section.
26948 \begin_layout Standard
26949 You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
26950 the citation reference window.
26951 Here is an example where the text
26952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26956 \begin_inset space ~
26960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26963 appears after the reference:
26966 \begin_layout Standard
26968 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26971 key "latexcompanion"
26978 \begin_layout Section
26980 \begin_inset Index idx
26983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26999 \begin_layout Standard
27000 An index entry is created if you use the menu
27002 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27004 \begin_inset space ~
27009 or the toolbar button
27016 A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
27017 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
27018 by LyX as the index entry.
27021 \begin_layout Standard
27022 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
27024 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27026 \begin_inset space ~
27030 \begin_inset space ~
27033 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27035 \begin_inset space ~
27041 A light blue box labeled
27042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27050 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27053 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
27054 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
27057 \begin_layout Standard
27058 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
27059 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
27061 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27063 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
27070 \begin_layout Subsection
27071 Grouping Index Entries
27072 \begin_inset Index idx
27075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27084 \begin_layout Standard
27085 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
27087 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
27088 lists under the entry
27089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27097 First we create the entry
27098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27106 \begin_inset space ~
27110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27112 reference "sub:Lists"
27117 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
27118 \begin_inset space ~
27122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27124 reference "sec:Itemize"
27128 , we insert the command
27131 \begin_layout Standard
27137 \begin_layout Standard
27141 \begin_layout Standard
27147 \begin_layout Standard
27148 for the enumerated list in section
27149 \begin_inset space ~
27153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27155 reference "sec:Enumerate"
27162 \begin_layout Standard
27163 The exclamation mark
27164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27171 marks the grouping levels.
27172 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
27173 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
27174 If we don't have an index entry for
27175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27182 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
27185 \begin_layout Subsection
27187 \begin_inset Index idx
27190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27191 Index ! Page ranges
27199 \begin_layout Standard
27200 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
27202 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
27204 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27208 \begin_inset space \space{}
27211 if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
27213 \begin_inset space ~
27217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27219 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
27226 \begin_layout Standard
27229 Paragraph environments|(
27232 \begin_layout Standard
27233 and another entry at the end of section
27234 \begin_inset space ~
27238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27240 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
27247 \begin_layout Standard
27250 Paragraph environments|)
27253 \begin_layout Standard
27255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27278 respectively start and end the index range.
27279 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27280 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27281 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27282 An example is the index entry
27283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27286 Document ! Settings
27287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27293 \begin_layout Subsection
27295 \begin_inset Index idx
27298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27299 Index ! Cross referencing
27307 \begin_layout Standard
27308 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27309 We referred for example in the index entry
27310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27318 \begin_inset space ~
27322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27324 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27328 ) to the index entry
27329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27336 in the same section using the entry
27339 \begin_layout Standard
27342 GIF|see{Image formats}
27345 \begin_layout Standard
27346 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27347 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27348 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27351 \begin_layout Subsection
27353 \begin_inset Index idx
27356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27357 Index ! Entry order
27365 \begin_layout Standard
27366 If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
27367 follow the rules for the index order.
27368 The index entries are sorted alphabetically but LaTeX
27372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27373 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27375 \begin_inset space ~
27379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27381 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27390 does not know how to sort accents in different languages.
27391 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27412 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27416 \begin_inset Index idx
27419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27420 Dummy entries ! maïs
27426 \begin_inset Index idx
27429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27430 Dummy entries ! maître
27436 \begin_inset Index idx
27439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27440 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27445 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order
27446 maïs, maison, maître.
27447 To achieve this, we use the command
27450 \begin_layout Standard
27453 previous entry@current entry
27456 \begin_layout Standard
27457 In our case we want to have
27458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27473 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27476 \begin_layout Standard
27482 \begin_layout Standard
27483 The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
27484 You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order.
27485 See the next subsection for an example.
27488 \begin_layout Standard
27489 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27495 \begin_layout Standard
27496 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27501 to generate the index (see sec.
27502 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27508 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27517 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27519 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27523 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27525 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27529 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27530 index commands start with
27531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27543 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27548 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27551 \begin_layout Standard
27563 \begin_layout Standard
27575 \begin_layout Subsection
27577 \begin_inset Index idx
27580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27581 Index ! Entry layout
27589 \begin_layout Standard
27590 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27591 \begin_inset Index idx
27594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27597 This is an italic dummy entry
27602 You can also format the page number using the character
27603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27610 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27611 We can write for example
27614 \begin_layout Standard
27617 italic page number:|textit
27620 \begin_layout Standard
27621 to get the page number in italic.
27622 \begin_inset Index idx
27625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27626 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27631 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27649 \begin_inset space ~
27655 Have a look at section
27656 \begin_inset space ~
27660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27662 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27666 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27669 \begin_layout Standard
27670 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27678 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27682 to generate the index, see sec.
27683 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27689 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27698 , this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27703 requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
27704 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27707 key "latexcompanion"
27719 \begin_layout Standard
27720 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27722 Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27723 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27724 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27725 If so, put the following in the preamble
27728 \begin_layout Standard
27740 \begin_layout Standard
27744 \begin_layout Standard
27750 \begin_layout Standard
27751 in the index entry.
27752 \begin_inset Index idx
27755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27756 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27761 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27762 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27763 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27766 \begin_layout Standard
27767 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27769 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27773 \begin_inset space \space{}
27776 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27777 for all index entries.
27778 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27790 documentation for details,
27791 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27793 key "makeindex,xindy"
27800 \begin_layout Subsection
27802 \begin_inset Index idx
27805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27812 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27814 name "sub:Index-Program"
27821 \begin_layout Standard
27822 If the index entry program
27826 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27830 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27839 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27840 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27841 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27842 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27843 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27853 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27854 dialog, see section
27855 \begin_inset space ~
27859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27861 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27866 The available options are listed and explained in
27867 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27869 key "makeindex,xindy"
27874 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27878 \begin_layout Standard
27879 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27880 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27883 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27884 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27888 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27889 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27892 \begin_layout Subsection
27896 \begin_layout Standard
27897 In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
27898 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27906 next to the standard index.
27907 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages
27908 that add this feature.
27914 \begin_inset Index idx
27917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27918 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27923 package to generate multiple indexes.
27924 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27929 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
27930 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27937 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27938 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27939 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27947 \begin_layout Standard
27948 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27950 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27951 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27954 and select the option
27956 Use multiple Indexes
27963 already contains the standard index
27964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27972 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27973 also appear as a heading) to the
27977 input field and press the
27982 The new index now also appears in the list.
27983 If you like, you can attribute an alternative LyX label color to the new
27987 \begin_layout Standard
27988 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27991 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27993 \begin_inset space ~
27997 \begin_inset space ~
28006 menu has a separate entry for each of the defined indexes.
28007 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
28008 are additional features:
28011 \begin_layout Itemize
28012 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
28013 on the entries' label will open a dialog where you can do that.
28016 \begin_layout Itemize
28017 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
28018 Furthermore, you can specify an index to be a
28019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28027 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
28029 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28032 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
28033 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
28034 to the non-subindexes.
28037 \begin_layout Section
28038 Nomenclature / Glossary
28039 \begin_inset Index idx
28042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28049 \begin_inset Index idx
28052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28083 name "sec:Nomenclature"
28090 \begin_layout Standard
28091 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
28092 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
28096 \begin_layout Standard
28097 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
28102 \begin_inset Index idx
28105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28106 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
28112 You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
28113 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28119 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28122 \begin_layout Standard
28123 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
28124 and then use the menu
28126 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28132 \begin_inset space ~
28137 or the toolbar button
28140 arg "nomencl-insert"
28145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28156 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
28159 \begin_layout Standard
28160 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
28161 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
28162 The second is the description of the symbol.
28165 \begin_layout Standard
28166 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28174 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
28182 \begin_layout Subsection
28183 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
28184 \begin_inset Index idx
28187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28188 Nomenclature ! Layout
28196 \begin_layout Standard
28197 If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
28201 field as LaTeX-formulas.
28203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28207 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28215 \begin_inset Newline newline
28223 \begin_inset Newline newline
28229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28236 character starts/ends the formula.
28237 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
28239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28249 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
28259 \begin_layout Standard
28260 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
28261 \begin_inset space ~
28265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28267 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28274 \begin_layout Standard
28278 \begin_inset space ~
28283 dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands.
28284 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28289 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28296 in this document is:
28297 \begin_inset Newline newline
28302 dummy entry for the character
28307 \begin_inset Newline newline
28319 \begin_inset space ~
28329 font use the command
28358 \begin_layout Subsection
28359 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28360 \begin_inset Index idx
28363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28364 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28372 \begin_layout Standard
28373 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28374 the symbol definition.
28375 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28376 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28379 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28380 LatexCommand nomenclature
28382 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28389 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28393 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28394 LatexCommand nomenclature
28397 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28402 They will be sorted by
28403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28429 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28432 will be sorted before the
28436 since the character
28437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28444 is considered in sorting.
28447 \begin_layout Standard
28448 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28451 \begin_inset space ~
28456 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28457 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28459 For the example given, you can insert
28463 in this field for the
28464 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28471 will be located before
28472 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28478 \begin_layout Standard
28479 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28484 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28493 \begin_layout Subsection
28494 Nomenclature Options
28495 \begin_inset Index idx
28498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28499 Nomenclature ! Options
28507 \begin_layout Standard
28512 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28513 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28516 \begin_layout Description
28517 refeq Appends the phrase
28518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28533 to every nomenclature entry, where
28539 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28542 \begin_layout Description
28543 refpage Appends the phrase
28544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28559 to every nomenclature entry, where
28565 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28568 \begin_layout Description
28569 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28572 \begin_layout Standard
28573 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28574 class options list in the
28576 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28580 In this document the options
28587 \begin_layout Standard
28588 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28594 \begin_layout Standard
28595 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28596 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28601 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28604 \begin_layout Description
28614 \begin_layout Description
28617 nomrefpage Like the
28624 \begin_layout Description
28627 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28636 \begin_layout Description
28640 \begin_inset space ~
28646 \begin_inset space ~
28651 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28654 \begin_layout Standard
28656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28663 are automatically translated for some document languages.
28664 If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
28667 \begin_layout Standard
28675 eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
28678 \begin_inset Newline newline
28685 pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
28690 \begin_inset Newline newline
28694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28709 by their translation.
28712 \begin_layout Subsection
28713 Printing the Nomenclature
28714 \begin_inset Index idx
28717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28718 Nomenclature ! Printing
28726 \begin_layout Standard
28727 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28729 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28731 \begin_inset space ~
28735 \begin_inset space ~
28738 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28754 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28755 By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
28756 You can choose between these settings:
28759 \begin_layout Description
28760 Default a space of 1
28761 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28767 \begin_layout Description
28769 \begin_inset space ~
28773 \begin_inset space ~
28776 width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
28779 \begin_layout Description
28780 Custom custom space
28783 \begin_layout Standard
28784 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28793 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28801 For example, in order to change the name to
28805 , add the following line to the preamble:
28808 \begin_layout Standard
28816 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28819 \begin_layout Subsection
28820 Nomenclature Program
28821 \begin_inset Index idx
28824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28825 Nomenclature ! Program
28831 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28833 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28840 \begin_layout Standard
28841 LyX uses the program
28845 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28846 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28851 by adding options, see section
28852 \begin_inset space ~
28856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28858 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28863 The available options are listed and explained in
28864 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28866 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28873 \begin_layout Section
28875 \begin_inset Index idx
28878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28885 \begin_inset Index idx
28888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28889 Document ! Branches
28895 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28897 name "sec:Branches"
28904 \begin_layout Standard
28905 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28906 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28907 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28908 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28911 \begin_layout Standard
28912 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28913 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28914 To create a branch, either select the menu
28916 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28917 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28920 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28922 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28929 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28930 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28931 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28932 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28933 (see below for an example).
28934 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28935 to the name of the other) and to add
28936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28944 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28948 \begin_inset space ~
28951 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28952 , without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
28955 \begin_layout Standard
28956 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28957 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28959 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28962 where you can choose a branch.
28963 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28967 \begin_layout Standard
28968 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28969 is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
28972 \begin_layout Standard
28973 \begin_inset Branch Question
28976 \begin_layout Standard
28977 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28985 \begin_layout Standard
28986 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28989 \begin_layout Standard
28990 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28998 \begin_layout Standard
29005 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29006 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29009 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
29010 Consider for example a file
29011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29018 which has the above branches.
29020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29027 is active, the PDF export file would be called
29028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29051 branch were inactive,
29052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29067 branch was active, likewise
29068 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29076 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29083 branch was active, and
29084 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29087 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
29088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29091 if both branches were active.
29092 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
29096 \begin_layout Standard
29097 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29103 \begin_layout Standard
29104 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
29105 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
29107 For example you can define for the question branch
29111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29112 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
29113 \begin_inset space ~
29117 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29119 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29131 \begin_layout Standard
29141 \begin_layout Standard
29151 \begin_layout Standard
29152 and for the answer branch
29155 \begin_layout Standard
29165 \begin_layout Standard
29175 \begin_layout Standard
29176 \begin_inset Branch Question
29179 \begin_layout Standard
29183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29211 \begin_layout Standard
29212 \begin_inset Branch Answer
29215 \begin_layout Standard
29219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29247 \begin_layout Standard
29248 Now it is possible to use the commands
29252 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29259 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29262 to obtain conditional output.
29263 Here is an example formula where only the
29270 \begin_inset Formula
29272 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29280 \begin_layout Standard
29281 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29287 \change_inserted 5863208 1334492666
29291 \begin_layout Standard
29293 \change_inserted 5863208 1334493356
29294 Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout
29296 any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own LaTeX commands.).
29297 For this advanced usage, please study Customization manual (in particular
29299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29302 Flex insets and InsetLayout
29303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29311 \begin_layout Section
29313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29315 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29320 \begin_inset Index idx
29323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29332 \begin_layout Standard
29337 dialog allows you in the
29341 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29342 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29347 \begin_inset Index idx
29350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29351 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29359 \begin_layout Standard
29364 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29365 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29366 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29368 You can specify in the dialog tab
29372 how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29374 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29375 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29379 \begin_layout Standard
29384 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29385 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29386 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29388 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29389 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29391 \begin_inset space ~
29394 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29395 \begin_inset space ~
29398 1 will only display the sections.
29401 \begin_layout Standard
29402 The header information in the dialog tab
29406 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29407 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29412 \begin_inset space \space{}
29415 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29416 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29419 Automatic fill header
29421 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29422 title and author settings.
29425 \begin_layout Standard
29428 Load in fullscreen mode
29430 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29433 \begin_layout Standard
29434 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29435 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29441 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29442 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29451 \begin_layout Section
29452 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29455 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29462 \begin_layout Subsection
29464 \begin_inset Index idx
29467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29474 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29476 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29483 \begin_layout Standard
29484 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29485 constructs, but not all.
29486 LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
29487 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29488 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29489 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29490 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29494 \begin_layout Standard
29495 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29497 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29499 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29501 \begin_inset space ~
29506 or by the toolbar button
29519 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29527 \begin_layout Standard
29528 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29529 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29530 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29531 using the LaTeX-command
29537 , you can write the command part
29543 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29547 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29548 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29549 the following example:
29552 \begin_layout Standard
29553 \begin_inset Graphics
29554 filename clipart/ERT.png
29562 \begin_layout Standard
29566 \begin_layout Standard
29567 This is a line with a
29571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29594 \begin_layout Standard
29595 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29603 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29604 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29612 \begin_layout Subsection
29613 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29614 \begin_inset Argument
29617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29624 \begin_inset Index idx
29627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29634 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29636 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29643 \begin_layout Standard
29644 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29645 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29646 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29655 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29656 any time if you know the right commands.
29658 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29662 \begin_inset space \space{}
29665 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29667 Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29668 all caption labels bold.
29669 But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29671 Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29675 \begin_layout Standard
29676 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29677 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29678 First you have to find out which and therefore look into the LaTeX package
29680 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29689 \begin_layout Standard
29690 As result you find that the package
29695 \begin_inset Index idx
29698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29699 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29705 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29707 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29713 \begin_layout Standard
29718 usepackage[options]{package name}
29721 \begin_layout Standard
29722 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29723 two braces and the options are set within two brackets.
29724 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29727 \begin_layout Standard
29728 In your case the package name is
29733 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29738 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29739 So you add the command
29742 \begin_layout Standard
29747 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29750 \begin_layout Standard
29751 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29756 For more commands provided by the
29760 package, have a look at its documentation,
29761 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29775 \begin_layout Standard
29776 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems
29778 For example if you use a
29782 class, you don't need the package
29786 , you can instead write
29789 \begin_layout Standard
29794 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29799 \begin_layout Standard
29800 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29801 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29802 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29809 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29812 \begin_layout Standard
29813 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29814 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29816 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29817 the previous section.
29820 \begin_layout Standard
29821 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29823 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29825 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29832 \begin_layout Standard
29833 \begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
29839 \begin_layout Standard
29843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29853 \begin_inset Note Note
29856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29857 switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
29865 \begin_layout Left Header
29866 \begin_inset Argument
29869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29889 \begin_inset Note Note
29892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29893 defines the header line as described below
29901 \begin_layout Center Header
29902 \begin_inset Argument
29905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29914 \begin_layout Right Header
29915 \begin_inset Argument
29918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29939 \begin_layout Left Footer
29940 \begin_inset Argument
29943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29964 \begin_layout Center Footer
29965 \begin_inset Argument
29968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29979 \begin_inset Newline newline
29983 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
29989 \begin_layout Right Footer
29990 \begin_inset Argument
29993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30015 \begin_layout Section
30016 Customized Page Headers and Footers
30017 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30019 name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
30024 \begin_inset Index idx
30027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30028 Document ! Header/Footer line
30034 \begin_inset Index idx
30037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30046 \begin_layout Standard
30047 To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
30048 to set the headings style to
30054 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30060 \begin_inset space ~
30066 As a second step add in the menu
30068 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30069 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30076 Custom Header/Footerlines
30077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30081 This module offers the following 6
30082 \begin_inset space ~
30088 \begin_layout Description
30090 \begin_inset space ~
30094 \begin_inset space ~
30098 \begin_inset space ~
30102 \begin_inset space ~
30106 \begin_inset space ~
30112 \begin_layout Description
30114 \begin_inset space ~
30118 \begin_inset space ~
30122 \begin_inset space ~
30126 \begin_inset space ~
30130 \begin_inset space ~
30136 \begin_layout Standard
30137 for the different positions in the header/footer.
30140 \begin_layout Standard
30141 Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
30142 But you can change them anywhere you want to.
30144 \begin_inset space ~
30148 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
30150 reference "fig:Page-layout"
30154 shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
30157 \begin_layout Standard
30158 \begin_inset Float figure
30164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30167 \begin_inset Tabular
30168 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
30169 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30170 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30171 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30172 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
30174 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
30186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30192 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30203 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30221 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30232 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
30235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30236 The normal text on the page goes here.
30237 The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
30239 Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
30240 the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
30245 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30254 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30265 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30283 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30294 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
30306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30312 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30330 \begin_inset Caption
30332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30333 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30335 name "fig:Page-layout"
30339 Page layout with custom header and footer line.
30352 \begin_layout Subsection
30356 \begin_layout Standard
30357 To define your header line, add all 3
30358 \begin_inset space ~
30362 The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
30363 the optional arguments on even pages.
30364 For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
30366 If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
30367 Defining the footer line works similar.
30370 \begin_layout Standard
30371 For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
30374 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30387 \begin_inset space ~
30395 \begin_layout Description
30398 thepage prints the current page number
30401 \begin_layout Description
30404 Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
30407 \begin_layout Description
30410 roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
30413 \begin_layout Description
30416 leftmark prints the current section number and title.
30417 If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
30420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30424 \begin_inset Quotes prd
30427 because it usually goes in a left header.
30430 \begin_layout Description
30433 rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
30434 If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
30436 It is normally used in the right header.
30439 \begin_layout Subsection
30440 Default header/footer
30443 \begin_layout Standard
30444 The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
30445 The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
30446 footer has the page number.
30447 In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
30448 relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
30449 So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
30452 \begin_inset space ~
30460 \begin_layout Subsection
30464 \begin_layout Standard
30465 The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
30466 Some pages are different.
30467 The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
30468 a new part or chapter in your book.
30469 Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
30470 There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
30471 the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
30474 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30475 Header and footer decoration line
30478 \begin_layout Standard
30479 By default, you get a 0.4
30480 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30483 pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
30484 This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
30496 in the following scheme:
30499 \begin_layout Standard
30506 headrulewidth}{thickness}
30509 \begin_layout Standard
30510 Where thickness is a size in standard units like
30519 If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
30520 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30526 \begin_layout Standard
30527 The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
30528 If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
30529 \begin_inset space ~
30533 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30542 \begin_layout Subsubsection
30543 Several header/footer lines
30546 \begin_layout Standard
30547 In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
30548 this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
30549 However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
30551 To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
30563 in this scheme in your document preamble:
30566 \begin_layout Standard
30573 headheight}{height}
30576 \begin_layout Standard
30577 Where height is a size in standard units.
30578 If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
30579 your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
30580 Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
30582 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30596 and look via the button
30599 \begin_inset space ~
30604 if you find a warning of the package
30609 \begin_inset Index idx
30612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30613 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
30619 If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
30620 for your header/footer.
30623 \begin_layout Subsection
30627 \begin_layout Standard
30628 This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
30629 Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
30630 This example consists of the following definition:
30633 \begin_layout Description
30635 \begin_inset space ~
30644 , empty optional argument
30647 \begin_layout Description
30649 \begin_inset space ~
30652 Header empty, empty optional argument
30655 \begin_layout Description
30657 \begin_inset space ~
30666 in the optional argument
30669 \begin_layout Description
30671 \begin_inset space ~
30680 in the optional argument
30683 \begin_layout Description
30685 \begin_inset space ~
30697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30701 \begin_inset Newline newline
30705 \begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
30709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30712 in the optional argument
30715 \begin_layout Description
30717 \begin_inset space ~
30726 , empty optional argument
30729 \begin_layout Description
30732 headrulewidth set to 2
30733 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30739 \begin_layout Standard
30740 In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats.
30741 For more special things like e.
30742 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30746 \begin_inset space ~
30749 thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
30754 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30763 \begin_layout Standard
30764 \begin_inset Newpage clearpage
30770 \begin_layout Standard
30774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30778 pagestyle{headings}
30784 \begin_inset Note Note
30787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30788 switches back to page style with the default headings
30796 \begin_layout Section
30797 Previewing Snippets of your Document
30798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30800 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
30805 \begin_inset Index idx
30808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30815 \begin_inset Index idx
30818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30827 \begin_layout Standard
30828 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
30829 fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
30830 to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
30833 \begin_layout Subsection
30837 \begin_layout Standard
30838 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
30843 \begin_inset Index idx
30846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30847 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
30852 (on some systems named simply
30857 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
30859 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
30865 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
30866 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
30874 package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are
30875 automatically installed together with LyX.
30878 \begin_layout Subsection
30882 \begin_layout Standard
30883 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
30884 LaTeX, activate the option
30887 \begin_inset space ~
30894 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30900 \begin_inset space ~
30904 \begin_inset space ~
30907 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30914 \begin_inset space ~
30927 \begin_inset space ~
30932 is the multiplication factor for the size.
30935 \begin_layout Standard
30936 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
30940 \begin_layout Standard
30941 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
30944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30949 Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
30950 generated by activating the option
30953 \begin_inset space ~
30959 Reopening the documents will fix such problems.
30967 \begin_layout Subsection
30968 Selected document parts
30971 \begin_layout Standard
30972 Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
30973 for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
30974 that are not yet supported by LyX.
30975 To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
30977 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30981 Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
30982 The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
30983 If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
30986 \begin_layout Standard
30987 An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
30993 which is not yet supported by LyX.
30997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31004 is explained in section
31006 Rotated and Scaled Boxes
31011 \begin_inset space ~
31021 Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
31022 boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
31024 Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
31026 Here is the result:
31029 \begin_layout Standard
31030 \begin_inset Preview
31032 \begin_layout Standard
31037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31041 rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
31047 \begin_inset Box Doublebox
31057 height_special "totalheight"
31060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31085 rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
31091 \begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
31098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31113 \begin_layout Standard
31114 Previewing works also for colors.
31115 In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
31126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31133 is explained in section
31140 \begin_inset space ~
31153 \begin_layout Standard
31154 \begin_inset Preview
31156 \begin_layout Standard
31160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31179 fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
31184 This is text within a colored, framed box.
31188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31203 \begin_layout Standard
31204 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
31210 \begin_layout Standard
31211 If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
31212 above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and
31213 that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
31215 If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
31216 to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
31217 So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
31218 preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
31222 \begin_layout Subsection
31226 \begin_layout Standard
31227 You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
31230 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31232 \begin_inset space ~
31237 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
31238 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
31240 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
31241 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
31242 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
31243 the source view window.
31246 \begin_layout Section
31247 Advanced Find and Replace
31248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31250 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
31255 \begin_inset Index idx
31258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31265 \begin_inset Index idx
31268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31277 \begin_layout Subsection
31281 \begin_layout Standard
31282 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
31283 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
31284 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
31285 The key-features are:
31288 \begin_layout Itemize
31289 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
31290 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
31291 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
31295 \begin_layout Itemize
31296 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
31297 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
31298 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
31299 a section heading will only be found within section headings
31302 \begin_layout Itemize
31303 Search may be widened to a specific
31308 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31312 \begin_inset space ~
31315 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
31316 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
31323 \begin_layout Itemize
31324 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
31325 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
31326 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31330 \begin_inset space ~
31333 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
31336 \begin_layout Subsection
31340 \begin_layout Standard
31341 The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu
31343 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31356 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
31359 ) or the toolbar button
31362 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
31368 Advanced Find and Replace
31373 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31377 \begin_layout Standard
31382 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
31387 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
31392 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
31393 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
31394 Pressing repeatedly
31398 keeps searching forward.
31399 Similarly, pressing
31403 searches for the entered text backwards.
31406 \begin_layout Standard
31407 While searching, the
31411 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
31421 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
31424 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31425 Searching for mathematics
31428 \begin_layout Standard
31429 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
31433 editor a mathematical formula, such as
31434 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
31437 or also something more complex like
31438 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
31442 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
31443 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
31444 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
31445 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
31451 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31455 \begin_layout Standard
31456 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
31457 This is done by switching to the
31461 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
31466 This way, entering in the
31473 \begin_layout Itemize
31474 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
31475 in emphasized or boldface.
31478 \begin_layout Itemize
31479 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
31480 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
31481 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
31482 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
31485 \begin_layout Itemize
31486 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
31487 of if only within section headings.
31488 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
31489 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
31493 \begin_layout Itemize
31494 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
31495 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
31498 \begin_layout Subsubsection
31502 \begin_layout Standard
31503 The text segments matching the text entered in the
31507 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
31515 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
31519 button or alternatively
31541 \begin_layout Standard
31542 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
31543 text segments in your document.
31544 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
31548 \begin_layout Itemize
31549 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
31550 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
31551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31558 with its typewriter version
31561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31571 \begin_layout Itemize
31572 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
31574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31578 \begin_inset Formula $R$
31582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31590 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
31594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31597 (you may want to enable the
31605 options and disable the
31613 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
31614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31621 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
31622 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
31626 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
31629 , or occurrences of
31630 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
31634 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
31640 \begin_layout Subsection
31644 \begin_layout Standard
31645 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
31649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31650 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
31652 \begin_inset CommandInset href
31654 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
31663 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
31669 This is done via the menu
31671 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31672 Insert Regular Expression
31674 while the cursor is in the
31679 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
31680 expression matching rules
31684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31685 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
31687 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31691 \begin_inset space ~
31694 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
31695 to match expressions.
31700 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
31701 same text in the document.
31702 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
31703 Examples of using such a feature may be:
31706 \begin_layout Enumerate
31707 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
31712 editor the fraction
31713 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
31717 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31720 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
31721 fractions with the given denominator.
31724 \begin_layout Enumerate
31725 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
31737 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31742 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
31743 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
31745 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
31748 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
31749 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
31752 \begin_layout Standard
31753 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
31754 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
31755 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31758 , and referring back to them through
31759 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31763 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
31767 For example, try searching for the regexp
31768 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
31771 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
31774 \begin_layout Standard
31775 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
31776 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
31777 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
31778 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31782 \begin_inset space ~
31786 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
31789 always refers to the first occurrence of
31790 \begin_inset Formula $()$
31793 in all entered regexps.
31796 \begin_layout Standard
31797 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
31801 \begin_layout Section
31803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31805 name "sec:Spellchecking"
31810 \begin_inset Index idx
31813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31822 \begin_layout Standard
31823 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
31826 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31833 or the toolbar button
31836 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
31839 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
31840 A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
31841 you to edit and replace it in a second line.
31842 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
31843 scrolled so that it is visible.
31844 In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
31845 n, if any could be found.
31846 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the
31850 field, double-click directly invokes the replacement.
31851 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
31854 \begin_layout Standard
31855 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
31858 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31862 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
31863 a different one at the top of the dialog.
31864 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
31865 This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
31866 have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
31867 LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
31870 \begin_layout Subsection
31874 \begin_layout Standard
31875 In LyX's preferences dialog under
31878 \begin_inset space ~
31881 Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31884 you can set the following things:
31887 \begin_layout Description
31889 \begin_inset space ~
31892 engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
31893 Depending on your platform,
31907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31908 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
31909 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
31924 \begin_layout Description
31926 \begin_inset space ~
31929 language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
31930 for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
31933 \begin_layout Description
31935 \begin_inset space ~
31938 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
31940 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
31944 \begin_inset space \space{}
31948 This should normally not be needed.
31951 \begin_layout Description
31953 \begin_inset space ~
31957 \begin_inset space ~
31960 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
31962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
31966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
31972 \begin_layout Description
31974 \begin_inset space ~
31977 continuously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
31978 Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
31979 By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker
31980 appear in the context menu.
31981 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
31985 \begin_layout Description
31987 \begin_inset space ~
31991 \begin_inset space ~
31995 \begin_inset space ~
31998 comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
32002 \begin_layout Section
32004 \begin_inset Index idx
32007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32014 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32016 name "sec:Thesaurus"
32023 \begin_layout Standard
32024 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
32025 It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox
32034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32035 \begin_inset CommandInset href
32037 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
32046 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
32047 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
32048 are available for many languages.
32051 \begin_layout Standard
32052 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
32056 \begin_layout Subsection
32057 Setting up the thesaurus
32060 \begin_layout Standard
32068 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
32073 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
32078 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
32080 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32084 en_EN for English).
32085 For instance, the English files are named:
32088 \begin_layout Itemize
32092 \begin_layout Itemize
32096 \begin_layout Standard
32097 If you have LibreOffice or OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these
32098 files should be already on your system.
32099 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
32100 \begin_inset Flex URL
32103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32105 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
32111 \begin_inset Flex URL
32114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32116 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org/en/search/node/thesaurus
32125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32126 Note that, as of OpenOffice
32127 \begin_inset space ~
32131 \begin_inset Flex URL
32134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32136 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
32141 are usually packed in extension archives (
32145 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
32147 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
32148 unpack a zip archive.
32161 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
32162 s), and specify the path to this directory in
32164 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32165 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32169 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
32172 \begin_layout Subsection
32173 Using the thesaurus
32176 \begin_layout Standard
32177 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
32179 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32182 or the toolbar button
32185 arg "thesaurus-entry"
32188 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
32190 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
32192 The proposals are grouped into categories.
32193 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
32194 and hyponyms (such as
32202 ), compounds (such as
32206 ) and antonyms (such as
32214 ), which are marked as such.
32217 \begin_layout Standard
32218 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
32219 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
32223 \begin_layout Standard
32224 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
32225 the dictionary, such as the above
32229 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
32230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32234 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
32235 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
32236 For example looking up the word forms
32244 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
32249 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
32250 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
32262 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
32263 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
32264 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
32267 \begin_layout Section
32269 \begin_inset Index idx
32272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32279 \begin_inset Index idx
32282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32283 Document ! Change Tracking
32289 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32291 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
32298 \begin_layout Standard
32299 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
32300 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
32301 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
32302 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
32304 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32306 \begin_inset space ~
32309 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32311 \begin_inset space ~
32319 \begin_layout Standard
32320 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
32334 The color depends on the author that made the change.
32335 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
32338 \begin_inset space ~
32342 \begin_inset space ~
32352 \begin_inset Index idx
32355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32356 Color ! Change tracking
32361 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
32362 the cursor is in changed text.
32363 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
32366 arg "changes-merge"
32372 \begin_layout Standard
32373 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
32374 \begin_inset Index idx
32377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32386 \begin_layout Standard
32387 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32393 \begin_layout Standard
32394 \begin_inset Graphics
32395 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
32403 \begin_layout Standard
32404 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32410 \begin_layout Standard
32411 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
32415 \begin_layout Standard
32416 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32422 \begin_layout Standard
32423 \begin_inset Tabular
32424 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
32425 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
32426 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32427 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
32428 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32437 arg "changes-track"
32445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32451 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32453 \begin_inset space ~
32456 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32458 \begin_inset space ~
32467 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32476 arg "changes-output"
32484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32490 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32492 \begin_inset space ~
32495 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32497 \begin_inset space ~
32501 \begin_inset space ~
32505 \begin_inset space ~
32514 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32535 Jumps to the next change
32541 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32550 arg "change-accept"
32558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32564 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32566 \begin_inset space ~
32569 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32571 \begin_inset space ~
32580 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32589 arg "change-reject"
32597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32603 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32605 \begin_inset space ~
32608 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32610 \begin_inset space ~
32619 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32628 arg "changes-merge"
32636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32642 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32644 \begin_inset space ~
32647 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32649 \begin_inset space ~
32658 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32667 arg "all-changes-accept"
32675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32681 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32683 \begin_inset space ~
32686 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32688 \begin_inset space ~
32692 \begin_inset space ~
32701 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32710 arg "all-changes-reject"
32718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32724 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32726 \begin_inset space ~
32729 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32731 \begin_inset space ~
32735 \begin_inset space ~
32744 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32767 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32768 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32770 \begin_inset space ~
32779 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
32780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
32799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32802 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32804 \begin_inset space ~
32820 \begin_layout Standard
32821 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
32827 \begin_layout Standard
32828 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
32829 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
32830 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
32831 the next change after the current cursor position.
32832 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
32833 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
32834 step to the next change.
32835 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
32838 \begin_layout Standard
32839 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
32840 to describe a change.
32843 \begin_layout Standard
32844 To show the made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
32849 \begin_inset Index idx
32852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32853 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
32859 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
32860 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32866 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
32869 \begin_layout Section
32870 Comparison of Documents
32871 \begin_inset Index idx
32874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32875 Comparison of documents
32883 \begin_layout Standard
32884 You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
32886 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32890 The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
32892 In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should
32893 take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
32897 \begin_inset space ~
32901 \begin_inset space ~
32905 \begin_inset space ~
32914 \begin_inset space ~
32918 \begin_inset space ~
32922 \begin_inset space ~
32926 \begin_inset space ~
32930 \begin_inset space ~
32934 \begin_inset space ~
32939 enables the change tracking option
32942 \begin_inset space ~
32946 \begin_inset space ~
32950 \begin_inset space ~
32955 to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
32958 \begin_layout Section
32959 International Support
32960 \begin_inset Index idx
32963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32964 International support
32972 \begin_layout Standard
32973 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
32974 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
32975 how to set up LyX to use them:
32976 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
32978 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
32985 \begin_layout Standard
32986 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
32987 \begin_inset space ~
32991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32993 reference "sub:Special-Character"
33000 \begin_layout Subsection
33002 \begin_inset Index idx
33005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33012 \begin_inset Index idx
33015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33016 Document ! Settings
33022 \begin_inset Index idx
33025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33026 Document ! Language
33034 \begin_layout Standard
33037 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33040 dialog lets you set
33042 the language and character encoding for your language.
33046 \begin_layout Standard
33047 Choose your language in the
33051 section of this dialog.
33059 \begin_layout Standard
33064 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
33069 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
33070 For details about the different encoding options see section
33071 \begin_inset space ~
33075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33077 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
33084 \begin_layout Subsection
33085 Keyboard mapping configuration
33086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33088 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
33095 \begin_layout Standard
33096 If you have for example a U.
33097 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33100 S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
33101 can use an alternate keymap.
33102 For example, if you have a U.
33103 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
33106 S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
33107 use an Italian keymap.
33108 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
33110 \begin_inset space ~
33114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33116 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
33121 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
33122 which one you want to use.
33125 \begin_layout Standard
33126 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
33127 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
33128 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
33129 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
33130 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
33131 one to support the characters you want.
33132 This and many other customizations are explained in the
33139 \begin_layout Subsection
33143 \begin_layout Standard
33145 \begin_inset space ~
33149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33151 reference "tab:The-latin1-character"
33160 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
33164 \begin_layout Standard
33165 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
33166 Here are some of the details you will need to bear in mind when using character
33174 \begin_layout Itemize
33175 Even if you have selected
33181 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33184 dialog, users who have only the
33188 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
33192 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
33193 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
33194 french quotes will not show up.
33197 \begin_layout Standard
33198 \begin_inset Float table
33203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33204 \begin_inset Caption
33206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33209 name "tab:The-latin1-character"
33225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33227 \begin_inset Tabular
33228 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
33229 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
33230 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33231 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33232 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33233 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33236 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33237 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33238 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33239 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33240 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33241 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33242 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33243 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33244 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33245 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33246 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
33248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
37615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
37632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37659 \begin_layout Standard
37660 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
37662 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
37663 also the characters from
37675 \begin_layout Itemize
37684 \begin_layout Standard
37685 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
37686 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37692 \begin_layout Standard
37693 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
37694 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37700 \begin_layout Standard
37701 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
37702 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37708 \begin_layout Standard
37709 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
37710 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37716 \begin_layout Standard
37718 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37724 \begin_layout Standard
37726 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37732 \begin_layout Standard
37734 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37741 \begin_layout Itemize
37754 \begin_layout Standard
37756 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37762 \begin_layout Standard
37764 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37770 \begin_layout Standard
37772 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37778 \begin_layout Standard
37780 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37786 \begin_layout Standard
37788 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37794 \begin_layout Standard
37796 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
37803 \begin_layout Standard
37804 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
37805 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
37806 Also make sure you're using the
37813 \begin_layout Chapter
37816 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37818 name "chap:The-User-Interface"
37825 \begin_layout Standard
37826 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
37827 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
37828 topic inside the user's guide.
37831 \begin_layout Section
37833 \begin_inset Index idx
37836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37845 \begin_layout Standard
37850 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
37853 \begin_layout Subsection
37857 \begin_layout Standard
37858 Creates a new document.
37861 \begin_layout Subsection
37865 \begin_layout Standard
37866 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
37867 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
37868 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
37871 \begin_layout Subsection
37875 \begin_layout Standard
37879 \begin_layout Subsection
37883 \begin_layout Standard
37884 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
37885 Click there on a file to open it.
37888 \begin_layout Subsection
37892 \begin_layout Standard
37893 Closes the current document.
37896 \begin_layout Subsection
37900 \begin_layout Standard
37901 Closes all opened documents.
37904 \begin_layout Subsection
37908 \begin_layout Standard
37909 Saves the actual document.
37912 \begin_layout Subsection
37916 \begin_layout Standard
37917 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
37920 \begin_layout Subsection
37924 \begin_layout Standard
37925 Saves all opened documents.
37928 \begin_layout Subsection
37932 \begin_layout Standard
37933 Reloads the actual document from disk.
37936 \begin_layout Subsection
37940 \begin_layout Standard
37941 This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when
37942 one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
37943 It is described in the section
37945 Version Control in LyX
37949 Additional Features
37954 \begin_layout Subsection
37958 \begin_layout Standard
37959 Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
37960 NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
37962 The files will be imported as a new LyX-document.
37965 \begin_layout Standard
37966 When using the menu entry
37969 \begin_inset space ~
37974 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
37978 \begin_inset space ~
37982 \begin_inset space ~
37987 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
37988 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
37991 \begin_layout Subsection
37993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38002 \begin_layout Standard
38003 You can export your document to various file formats.
38004 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
38005 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
38006 They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration.
38009 \begin_layout Standard
38010 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
38012 \begin_inset space ~
38016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38018 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
38025 \begin_layout Description
38031 \begin_inset space ~
38038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38045 yX format of the special LyX
38046 \begin_inset space ~
38049 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
38050 \begin_inset Newline newline
38053 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated into LyX.
38056 \begin_layout Description
38057 DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
38063 \begin_layout Description
38065 \begin_inset space ~
38068 (XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
38074 \begin_layout Description
38075 DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
38076 This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
38077 files paths or file names in your document.
38078 LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
38085 \begin_layout Description
38086 DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
38087 in files paths or file names
38090 \begin_layout Description
38092 \begin_inset space ~
38099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38106 eX) DVI-format using the program
38110 ; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
38113 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38121 not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
38129 \begin_layout Description
38131 \begin_inset space ~
38134 Dot text file with code in the programming language
38138 which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
38143 \begin_layout Description
38144 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
38148 \begin_layout Description
38150 \begin_inset space ~
38154 \begin_inset space ~
38157 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
38161 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
38169 \begin_layout Description
38176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38184 \begin_inset space ~
38195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38208 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38213 \begin_layout Description
38220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38228 \begin_inset space ~
38233 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
38234 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
38238 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
38241 \begin_layout Description
38248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38256 \begin_inset space ~
38261 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
38262 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
38270 \begin_layout Description
38277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38285 \begin_inset space ~
38296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38309 text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
38314 \begin_layout Description
38316 \begin_inset space ~
38320 \begin_inset space ~
38329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38338 TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
38339 music notation software
38344 \begin_layout Description
38351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38361 \begin_inset space ~
38365 \begin_inset space ~
38368 (zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon
38369 your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary
38370 to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.)
38373 \begin_layout Description
38380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38390 \begin_inset space ~
38393 z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
38394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38409 represent the version number)
38412 \begin_layout Description
38419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38428 yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
38431 \begin_layout Description
38432 NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
38437 \begin_layout Description
38438 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
38440 LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
38443 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
38447 \begin_layout Description
38451 \begin_inset space ~
38456 PDF-format using the program
38460 , produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38463 \begin_layout Description
38467 \begin_inset space ~
38474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38483 PDF-format using the program
38487 , produces PDF-files directly
38490 \begin_layout Description
38494 \begin_inset space ~
38499 PDF-format using the program
38503 , produces PDF-files directly
38506 \begin_layout Description
38510 \begin_inset space ~
38515 PDF-format using the program
38519 , produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
38522 \begin_layout Description
38526 \begin_inset space ~
38533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38542 PDF-format using the program
38546 , produces PDF-files directly
38549 \begin_layout Description
38553 \begin_inset space ~
38561 \begin_layout Description
38565 \begin_inset space ~
38569 \begin_inset space ~
38574 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
38575 and then exported as text using the program
38580 \begin_layout Description
38585 PostScript format using the program
38590 \begin_layout Description
38591 Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
38592 programming language
38605 it is possible to use
38612 \begin_layout Standard
38613 If one of the menu entries
38620 \begin_inset space ~
38629 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
38630 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
38631 \begin_inset space ~
38635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38637 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38642 \begin_inset Index idx
38645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38646 Reconfiguration of LyX
38654 \begin_layout Subsection
38658 \begin_layout Standard
38659 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
38660 format or send it to a printer.
38661 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
38662 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
38668 For more information have a look at section
38669 \begin_inset space ~
38673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38675 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
38682 \begin_layout Subsection
38686 \begin_layout Standard
38687 This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
38688 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
38689 prefix, see section
38690 \begin_inset space ~
38694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38696 reference "sec:Paths"
38701 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
38710 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
38711 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
38712 \begin_inset space ~
38716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38718 reference "sub:Converters"
38725 \begin_layout Subsection
38726 New and Close Window
38729 \begin_layout Standard
38730 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
38733 \begin_layout Subsection
38737 \begin_layout Standard
38738 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
38741 \begin_layout Section
38743 \begin_inset Index idx
38746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38755 \begin_layout Subsection
38759 \begin_layout Standard
38760 Described in section
38761 \begin_inset space ~
38765 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38767 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
38774 \begin_layout Subsection
38775 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
38778 \begin_layout Standard
38779 Described in section
38780 \begin_inset space ~
38784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38786 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38793 \begin_layout Subsection
38797 \begin_layout Standard
38798 Selects the content of the inset where the cursor is currently in.
38799 If the cursor is outside of an inset, the whole document will be selected.
38802 \begin_layout Subsection
38806 \begin_layout Standard
38807 Selects the whole document.
38810 \begin_layout Subsection
38811 Find & Replace (Quick)
38814 \begin_layout Standard
38815 Described in section
38816 \begin_inset space ~
38820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38822 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
38829 \begin_layout Subsection
38830 Find & Replace (Advanced)
38833 \begin_layout Standard
38834 Described in section
38835 \begin_inset space ~
38839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38841 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
38848 \begin_layout Subsection
38849 Move Paragraph Up/Down
38852 \begin_layout Standard
38853 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
38857 \begin_layout Subsection
38861 \begin_layout Standard
38862 Described in section
38863 \begin_inset space ~
38867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38869 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
38876 \begin_layout Subsection
38878 \begin_inset Index idx
38881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38882 Paragraph ! Settings
38890 \begin_layout Standard
38891 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
38892 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently
38896 \begin_layout Standard
38897 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
38898 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
38900 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38906 \begin_inset space ~
38914 \begin_layout Subsection
38915 Table Settings and Math
38918 \begin_layout Standard
38919 These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
38921 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
38922 The properties of tables are described in section
38923 \begin_inset space ~
38927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38929 reference "sec:Tables"
38933 , the properties of formulas in chapter
38934 \begin_inset space ~
38938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38940 reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
38947 \begin_layout Subsection
38948 Increase / Decrease List Depth
38951 \begin_layout Standard
38952 These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
38954 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
38955 \begin_inset space ~
38959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38961 reference "sec:Nesting"
38966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38968 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
38975 \begin_layout Section
38977 \begin_inset Index idx
38980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38989 \begin_layout Standard
38990 At the bottom of the
38994 menu the opened documents are listed.
38997 \begin_layout Subsection
38998 Open/Close all Insets
39001 \begin_layout Standard
39002 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
39005 \begin_layout Subsection
39006 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
39009 \begin_layout Standard
39010 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
39013 \begin_layout Standard
39014 Math macros are described in the
39021 \begin_layout Subsection
39025 \begin_layout Standard
39026 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
39028 \begin_inset space ~
39032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39034 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39041 \begin_layout Subsection
39045 \begin_layout Standard
39046 Opens a window showing console messages.
39047 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
39048 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39051 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
39052 while LaTeX is processing the document.
39055 \begin_layout Subsection
39059 \begin_layout Standard
39060 This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
39061 default output format either in the preferences (see sec.
39062 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39068 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39072 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39073 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39079 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39083 ) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
39084 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39085 \begin_inset space ~
39089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39091 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39096 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39097 The default output format is
39100 \begin_inset space ~
39108 \begin_layout Subsection
39109 View (Other Formats)
39112 \begin_layout Standard
39113 With this submenu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
39114 The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
39115 actual document with an external program.
39116 The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
39117 the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
39118 All possible formats are listed in section
39119 \begin_inset space ~
39123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39125 reference "sub:Export"
39130 You should at least see the menu entry
39135 If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
39136 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
39137 \begin_inset space ~
39141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39143 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39148 \begin_inset Index idx
39151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39152 Reconfiguration of LyX
39160 \begin_layout Standard
39161 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
39162 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
39163 \begin_inset space ~
39167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39169 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39174 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
39177 \begin_layout Subsection
39181 \begin_layout Standard
39182 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
39183 the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
39186 \begin_layout Subsection
39187 Update (Other Formats)
39190 \begin_layout Standard
39191 With this submenu you can update the view of alternative output formats
39192 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
39195 \begin_layout Subsection
39196 View Master Document
39199 \begin_layout Standard
39200 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39216 \begin_inset space ~
39221 manual for more information on this topic).
39222 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
39223 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
39228 generates the output of the whole book, while
39232 will just output the chapter alone.
39235 \begin_layout Standard
39236 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39237 in the preferences (see sec.
39238 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39242 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39244 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39248 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39249 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39253 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39255 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39262 \begin_layout Subsection
39263 Update Master Document
39266 \begin_layout Standard
39267 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
39269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39283 \begin_inset space ~
39288 manual for more information on this topic).
39289 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
39290 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
39293 \begin_layout Standard
39294 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
39295 in the preferences (see sec.
39296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39302 reference "sec:File-Formats"
39306 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
39307 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39311 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39313 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
39320 \begin_layout Subsection
39324 \begin_layout Standard
39325 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
39326 This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or
39327 to view the same document, but at different positions.
39328 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
39329 or more documents at the same time.
39330 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
39337 \begin_layout Subsection
39341 \begin_layout Standard
39342 Closes a split view.
39345 \begin_layout Subsection
39349 \begin_layout Standard
39350 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
39351 so that you will see nothing but your text.
39352 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
39353 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
39354 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
39357 \begin_layout Subsection
39359 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39361 name "sub:Toolbars"
39366 \begin_inset Index idx
39369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39378 \begin_layout Standard
39379 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
39380 All toolbars and the
39383 \begin_inset space ~
39388 can be turned on and off.
39393 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
39405 \begin_inset space ~
39413 \begin_inset space ~
39422 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
39426 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
39433 \begin_layout Standard
39438 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
39442 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
39443 or when a certain feature is enabled.
39444 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
39445 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
39446 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
39449 \begin_layout Standard
39450 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
39451 \begin_inset space ~
39455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39457 reference "sec:Toolbars"
39464 \begin_layout Section
39466 \begin_inset Index idx
39469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39478 \begin_layout Subsection
39482 \begin_layout Standard
39483 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
39484 \begin_inset space ~
39488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39490 reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
39501 \begin_layout Subsection
39503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39505 name "sub:Special-Character"
39512 \begin_layout Standard
39513 Here you can insert the following characters:
39516 \begin_layout Description
39517 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
39518 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
39519 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
39520 \begin_inset Newline newline
39524 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39532 Not all characters will be visible in the
39536 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
39538 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39542 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39544 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39548 ) can display every character.
39556 \begin_layout Description
39557 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
39561 \begin_layout Description
39563 \begin_inset space ~
39567 \begin_inset space ~
39570 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
39571 \begin_inset space ~
39575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39577 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
39584 \begin_layout Description
39586 \begin_inset space ~
39589 Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote type you selected in the
39592 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39602 \begin_layout Description
39604 \begin_inset space ~
39607 Quote Inserts this quote:
39608 \begin_inset Quotes ers
39614 \begin_layout Description
39616 \begin_inset space ~
39619 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
39623 \begin_layout Description
39625 \begin_inset space ~
39628 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
39632 \begin_layout Description
39634 \begin_inset space ~
39637 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39641 \begin_layout Description
39643 \begin_inset space ~
39647 \begin_inset Index idx
39650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39657 \begin_inset Index idx
39660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39661 Language ! Phonetic symbols
39666 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
39667 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
39668 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
39673 \begin_inset Index idx
39676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39677 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39683 \begin_inset Newline newline
39686 For more information about this feature we refer you to the documentation
39690 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39698 and this Wiki-page:
39699 \begin_inset Newline newline
39703 \begin_inset Flex URL
39706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39708 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
39716 \begin_layout Subsection
39720 \begin_layout Standard
39721 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
39724 \begin_layout Description
39725 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
39726 \begin_inset script superscript
39728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39737 \begin_layout Description
39738 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
39739 \begin_inset script subscript
39741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39750 \begin_layout Description
39752 \begin_inset space ~
39755 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
39756 \begin_inset space ~
39760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39762 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
39769 \begin_layout Description
39771 \begin_inset space ~
39774 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
39775 \begin_inset space ~
39779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39781 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
39788 \begin_layout Description
39790 \begin_inset space ~
39793 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
39794 \begin_inset space ~
39798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39800 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
39807 \begin_layout Description
39809 \begin_inset space ~
39812 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
39813 \begin_inset space ~
39817 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39819 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
39826 \begin_layout Description
39828 \begin_inset space ~
39831 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
39832 \begin_inset space ~
39836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39838 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
39845 \begin_layout Description
39847 \begin_inset space ~
39850 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
39851 \begin_inset space ~
39855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39857 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
39864 \begin_layout Description
39865 Phantom Inserts Phantom space, see section
39866 \begin_inset space ~
39870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39872 reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
39879 \begin_layout Description
39881 \begin_inset space ~
39884 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
39885 \begin_inset space ~
39889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39891 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
39898 \begin_layout Description
39900 \begin_inset space ~
39903 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
39904 \begin_inset space ~
39908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39910 reference "sub:Ligatures"
39917 \begin_layout Description
39919 \begin_inset space ~
39923 \begin_inset space ~
39926 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
39927 \begin_inset space ~
39931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39933 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39940 \begin_layout Description
39942 \begin_inset space ~
39945 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
39946 text line to the page border, see section
39947 \begin_inset space ~
39951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39953 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
39960 \begin_layout Description
39962 \begin_inset space ~
39965 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
39966 \begin_inset space ~
39970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39972 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39979 \begin_layout Description
39981 \begin_inset space ~
39984 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
39985 text page to the page border, described in section
39986 \begin_inset space ~
39990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39992 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
39999 \begin_layout Description
40001 \begin_inset space ~
40004 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
40005 \begin_inset space ~
40009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40011 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40018 \begin_layout Description
40020 \begin_inset space ~
40024 \begin_inset space ~
40027 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
40028 \begin_inset space ~
40032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40034 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
40041 \begin_layout Subsection
40045 \begin_layout Standard
40046 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
40047 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures and tables list are described
40049 \begin_inset space ~
40053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40055 reference "sec:toc"
40060 The index list is described in section
40061 \begin_inset space ~
40065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40067 reference "sec:Index"
40071 , the nomenclature in section
40072 \begin_inset space ~
40076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40078 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40082 and the BibTeX bibliography in section
40083 \begin_inset space ~
40087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40089 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40096 \begin_layout Subsection
40100 \begin_layout Standard
40101 To insert floats, described in section
40102 \begin_inset space ~
40106 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40108 reference "sec:Floats"
40115 \begin_layout Subsection
40119 \begin_layout Standard
40120 To insert notes, described in section
40121 \begin_inset space ~
40125 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40127 reference "sec:Notes"
40134 \begin_layout Subsection
40138 \begin_layout Standard
40139 Inserts branch insets as described in section
40140 \begin_inset space ~
40144 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40146 reference "sec:Branches"
40153 \begin_layout Subsection
40157 \begin_layout Standard
40158 Inserts document class-specific insets.
40159 Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
40161 An example is the document class
40162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40169 with three custom insets.
40172 Flex insets and InsetLayout
40178 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
40181 \begin_layout Subsection
40183 \begin_inset Index idx
40186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40195 \begin_layout Standard
40196 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files
40198 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
40205 \begin_inset space ~
40213 \begin_layout Subsection
40215 \begin_inset Index idx
40218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40227 \begin_layout Standard
40228 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
40229 \begin_inset space ~
40233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40235 reference "sec:Minipages"
40240 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
40247 \begin_inset space ~
40255 \begin_layout Subsection
40259 \begin_layout Standard
40260 Inserts a citation as described in section
40261 \begin_inset space ~
40265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40267 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40274 \begin_layout Subsection
40278 \begin_layout Standard
40279 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
40280 \begin_inset space ~
40284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40286 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40293 \begin_layout Subsection
40297 \begin_layout Standard
40298 Inserts a label as described in section
40299 \begin_inset space ~
40303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40305 reference "sec:Cross-References"
40312 \begin_layout Subsection
40314 \begin_inset Index idx
40317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40324 \begin_inset Index idx
40327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40328 Longtables ! Caption
40336 \begin_layout Standard
40337 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
40338 Floats are described in section
40339 \begin_inset space ~
40343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40345 reference "sec:Floats"
40349 , captions in longtables are described in the section
40356 \begin_inset space ~
40364 \begin_layout Subsection
40368 \begin_layout Standard
40369 Inserts an index entry as described in section
40370 \begin_inset space ~
40374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40376 reference "sec:Index"
40383 \begin_layout Subsection
40387 \begin_layout Standard
40388 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
40389 \begin_inset space ~
40393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40395 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
40402 \begin_layout Subsection
40406 \begin_layout Standard
40408 Tables are described in section
40409 \begin_inset space ~
40413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40415 reference "sec:Tables"
40422 \begin_layout Subsection
40426 \begin_layout Standard
40428 Graphics are described in section
40429 \begin_inset space ~
40433 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40435 reference "sec:Graphics"
40442 \begin_layout Subsection
40446 \begin_layout Standard
40447 Inserts a URL as described in section
40448 \begin_inset space ~
40452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40454 reference "sub:URLs"
40461 \begin_layout Subsection
40465 \begin_layout Standard
40466 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
40467 \begin_inset space ~
40471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40473 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
40480 \begin_layout Subsection
40484 \begin_layout Standard
40485 Inserts a footnote, see section
40486 \begin_inset space ~
40490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40492 reference "sec:Footnotes"
40499 \begin_layout Subsection
40503 \begin_layout Standard
40504 Inserts a marginal note, see section
40505 \begin_inset space ~
40509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40511 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
40518 \begin_layout Subsection
40522 \begin_layout Standard
40523 Inserts a short title, see section
40524 \begin_inset space ~
40528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40530 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
40537 \begin_layout Subsection
40541 \begin_layout Standard
40542 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
40543 \begin_inset space ~
40547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40549 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
40556 \begin_layout Subsection
40558 \begin_inset Index idx
40561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40570 \begin_layout Standard
40571 Inserts a program listings box.
40572 Program listings are explained in the chapter
40574 Program Code Listings
40579 \begin_inset space ~
40587 \begin_layout Subsection
40591 \begin_layout Standard
40592 Inserts the actual date.
40593 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
40595 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
40603 \begin_inset space ~
40611 \begin_layout Subsection
40615 \begin_layout Standard
40616 Inserts a preview inset, see section
40617 \begin_inset space ~
40621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40623 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40630 \begin_layout Section
40632 \begin_inset Index idx
40635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40644 \begin_layout Standard
40645 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
40646 \begin_inset space ~
40649 of the current document.
40650 This allows you to navigate easily through your document.
40653 \begin_layout Subsection
40657 \begin_layout Standard
40658 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
40659 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
40661 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40665 \begin_inset space \space{}
40669 \begin_inset space ~
40673 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
40674 \begin_inset space ~
40677 2.5 and use the submenu
40680 \begin_inset space ~
40684 \begin_inset space ~
40691 \begin_inset space ~
40697 \begin_inset space ~
40701 \begin_inset space ~
40707 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
40711 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
40717 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
40723 \begin_layout Standard
40724 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
40725 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
40728 \begin_layout Subsection
40729 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
40732 \begin_layout Standard
40733 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
40737 \begin_layout Subsection
40741 \begin_layout Standard
40742 Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
40743 Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
40744 (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
40748 \begin_inset space ~
40752 \begin_inset space ~
40760 \begin_layout Subsection
40764 \begin_layout Standard
40765 This feature allows you to directly jump to the corresponding text part
40766 in the output, see section
40769 \begin_inset space ~
40777 \begin_inset space ~
40782 manual for a detailed description.
40785 \begin_layout Section
40787 \begin_inset Index idx
40790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40799 \begin_layout Subsection
40803 \begin_layout Standard
40804 Change Tracking is described in section
40805 \begin_inset space ~
40809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40811 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40818 \begin_layout Subsection
40823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40833 \begin_layout Standard
40834 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
40836 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
40839 \begin_layout Standard
40840 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
40845 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
40848 \begin_layout Subsection
40852 \begin_layout Standard
40853 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
40854 \begin_inset space ~
40858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40860 reference "sec:Navigating"
40865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40867 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
40874 \begin_layout Subsection
40875 Start Appendix Here
40878 \begin_layout Standard
40879 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
40880 position as described in section
40881 \begin_inset space ~
40885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40887 reference "sec:Appendices"
40894 \begin_layout Subsection
40898 \begin_layout Standard
40899 Un/compresses the current document.
40902 \begin_layout Subsection
40906 \begin_layout Standard
40907 The document settings are described in appendix
40908 \begin_inset space ~
40912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40914 reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
40921 \begin_layout Section
40923 \begin_inset Index idx
40926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40935 \begin_layout Subsection
40939 \begin_layout Standard
40940 Spell checking is explained in section
40941 \begin_inset space ~
40945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40947 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40954 \begin_layout Subsection
40958 \begin_layout Standard
40959 The thesaurus is described in section
40960 \begin_inset space ~
40964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40966 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
40973 \begin_layout Subsection
40975 \begin_inset Index idx
40978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40985 \begin_inset Index idx
40988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40997 \begin_layout Standard
40998 Counts the words and characters in the actual document or the highlighted
41002 \begin_layout Subsection
41004 \begin_inset Index idx
41007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41016 \begin_layout Standard
41017 Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
41021 \begin_layout Subsection
41023 \begin_inset Index idx
41026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41027 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
41031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41038 Reconfiguration of LyX
41042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41055 \begin_inset Index idx
41058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41059 Reconfiguration of LyX
41067 \begin_layout Standard
41068 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
41069 and programs it needs; see also section
41070 \begin_inset space ~
41074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41076 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
41083 \begin_layout Subsection
41087 \begin_layout Standard
41088 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
41089 \begin_inset space ~
41093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41095 reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
41102 \begin_layout Section
41104 \begin_inset Index idx
41107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41116 \begin_layout Standard
41117 This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
41119 If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be
41123 \begin_layout Standard
41127 \begin_inset space ~
41132 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
41133 found by LyX (see also section
41134 \begin_inset space ~
41138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41140 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
41147 \begin_layout Section
41149 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41151 name "sec:Toolbars"
41158 \begin_layout Standard
41159 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
41160 \begin_inset space ~
41164 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41166 reference "sub:Toolbars"
41173 \begin_layout Standard
41174 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
41175 This is described in the
41177 Additional Features
41182 \begin_layout Subsection
41184 \begin_inset Index idx
41187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41196 \begin_layout Standard
41197 \begin_inset Graphics
41198 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
41206 \begin_layout Standard
41207 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41213 \begin_layout Standard
41214 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
41219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41231 \begin_inset Note Note
41234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41235 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
41240 manual for more information.
41248 \begin_layout Standard
41249 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
41255 \begin_layout Standard
41256 \begin_inset Tabular
41257 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
41258 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41259 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41260 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41266 \begin_inset Graphics
41267 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
41277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41281 pull-down box for the environments
41294 \begin_layout Standard
41295 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
41301 \begin_layout Standard
41303 \begin_inset Tabular
41304 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
41305 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
41306 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41307 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
41308 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41331 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41338 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41361 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41368 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41391 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41398 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41407 arg "dialog-show print"
41415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41421 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41428 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41437 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
41445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41451 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41458 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41481 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41488 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41511 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41518 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41541 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41548 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41571 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41578 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41601 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41608 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41617 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
41625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41631 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41633 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41637 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41646 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41655 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
41663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41669 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41670 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41677 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41698 Emphasize text, function of the
41700 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41702 \begin_inset space ~
41713 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41734 Set text to noun style, function of the
41736 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41738 \begin_inset space ~
41749 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41758 arg "textstyle-apply"
41766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41770 Formats text using the current settings in the
41772 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41774 \begin_inset space ~
41785 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41808 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41809 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41811 \begin_inset space ~
41820 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41829 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
41837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41843 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41850 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41857 arg "tabular-insert"
41865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41871 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41878 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41887 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
41895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41899 Toggle outline window on/off,
41901 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41908 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41917 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
41925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41929 Toggle math toolbar on/off
41935 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41944 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
41952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41956 Toggle table toolbar on/off
41969 \begin_layout Subsection
41971 \begin_inset Index idx
41974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41983 \begin_layout Standard
41984 \begin_inset Graphics
41985 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
41993 \begin_layout Standard
41994 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42000 \begin_layout Standard
42001 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
42005 \begin_layout Standard
42006 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42012 \begin_layout Standard
42013 \begin_inset Tabular
42014 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
42015 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42016 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42017 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42018 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42045 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42054 arg "layout Enumerate"
42062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42072 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42081 arg "layout Itemize"
42089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42099 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42126 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42135 arg "layout Description"
42143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42153 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42162 arg "depth-increment"
42170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42176 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42178 \begin_inset space ~
42182 \begin_inset space ~
42191 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42200 arg "depth-decrement"
42208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42214 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42216 \begin_inset space ~
42220 \begin_inset space ~
42229 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42238 arg "float-insert figure"
42246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42252 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42253 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42260 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42269 arg "float-insert table"
42277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42283 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42284 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42291 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42314 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42330 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
42338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42344 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42351 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42360 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
42368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42374 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42381 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42404 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42406 \begin_inset space ~
42415 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42424 arg "nomencl-insert"
42432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42438 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42440 \begin_inset space ~
42449 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42458 arg "footnote-insert"
42466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42472 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42479 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42488 arg "marginalnote-insert"
42496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42502 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42504 \begin_inset space ~
42513 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42536 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42537 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42539 \begin_inset space ~
42548 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42557 arg "box-insert Frameless"
42565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42571 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42578 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42601 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42608 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42631 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42648 \begin_inset space ~
42657 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42666 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
42674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42680 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42681 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42688 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42697 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
42705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42711 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42712 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42714 \begin_inset space ~
42723 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42732 arg "dialog-show character"
42740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42746 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42748 \begin_inset space ~
42757 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42766 arg "layout-paragraph"
42774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42780 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42782 \begin_inset space ~
42791 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42800 arg "thesaurus-entry"
42808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42814 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42828 \begin_layout Subsection
42829 View / Update Toolbar
42830 \begin_inset Index idx
42833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42834 Toolbar ! View / Update
42842 \begin_layout Standard
42843 \begin_inset Graphics
42844 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
42851 \begin_layout Standard
42852 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42858 \begin_layout Standard
42859 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
42863 \begin_layout Standard
42864 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
42870 \begin_layout Standard
42871 \begin_inset Tabular
42872 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
42873 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
42874 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42875 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
42876 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42899 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42906 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42915 arg "buffer-update"
42923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42929 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42936 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42945 arg "master-buffer-view"
42953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42959 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42966 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
42967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42975 arg "master-buffer-update"
42983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
42986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42989 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42991 \begin_inset space ~
43000 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43009 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
43017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43023 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43024 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43025 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43026 Synchronize with Output
43032 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43037 \begin_inset Graphics
43038 filename ../images/view-others.png
43040 groupId toolbarbuttons
43051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43057 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43058 View (Other Formats)
43064 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
43065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43069 \begin_inset Graphics
43070 filename ../images/update-others.png
43072 groupId toolbarbuttons
43081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
43084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43087 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43088 Update (Other Formats)
43101 \begin_layout Standard
43102 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
43106 \begin_layout Subsection
43110 \begin_layout Standard
43111 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
43112 \begin_inset space ~
43116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43118 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43122 , the table toolbar
43123 \begin_inset Index idx
43126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43135 \begin_inset space ~
43140 manual, the math macro toolbar
43141 \begin_inset Index idx
43144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43157 \begin_layout Chapter
43158 The Document Settings
43159 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43161 name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
43166 \begin_inset Index idx
43169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43170 Document ! Settings
43178 \begin_layout Standard
43179 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
43180 whole document and is called with the menu
43182 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43186 You can save your document settings as default with the
43188 Save as Document Defaults
43190 button in the dialog.
43191 This will create a template named
43195 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
43199 \begin_layout Standard
43204 resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
43205 This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
43208 \begin_layout Standard
43209 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections.
43212 \begin_layout Section
43216 \begin_layout Standard
43217 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
43219 Document classes are described in section
43220 \begin_inset space ~
43224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43226 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
43234 \begin_layout Standard
43238 \begin_inset space ~
43243 you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
43247 folder and thus not recognized by LyX as layout for a document class.
43248 For more about layout-files, see the chapter
43250 Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
43259 \begin_layout Standard
43260 Some classes use special class options by default.
43261 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
43265 and you can decide to use them or not.
43266 If you do not exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
43267 recommended to leave them untouched.
43272 is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
43277 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
43278 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
43283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43284 When you want to use one of the following drivers
43285 \begin_inset Newline newline
43290 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
43293 \begin_inset Newline newline
43296 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
43302 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43304 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
43316 \begin_layout Standard
43317 Specifying a master document is necessary if the current document is a child
43319 The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
43320 document is opened without its master.
43321 This way child documents are always compilable.
43322 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
43329 \begin_inset space ~
43337 \begin_layout Standard
43338 There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
43348 \begin_inset Index idx
43351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43352 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
43358 \begin_inset Index idx
43361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43362 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
43367 for cross-references, see sec.
43368 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43374 reference "sec:Cross-References"
43381 \begin_layout Section
43385 \begin_layout Standard
43386 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
43387 Please refer to the section
43390 \begin_inset space ~
43398 \begin_inset space ~
43403 manual for details.
43406 \begin_layout Section
43410 \begin_layout Standard
43411 Modules are explained in section
43412 \begin_inset space ~
43416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43418 reference "sub:Modules"
43425 \begin_layout Section
43429 \begin_layout Standard
43431 \begin_inset space ~
43435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43437 reference "sub:Local-Layout"
43444 \begin_layout Section
43448 \begin_layout Standard
43449 The document font settings are described in section
43450 \begin_inset space ~
43454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43456 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
43463 \begin_layout Section
43467 \begin_layout Standard
43468 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
43470 The line spacing and the number of text columns can also be specified here.
43472 \change_inserted 2090807402 1325640630
43473 You can also determine whether text will be shown as justified in LyX itself.
43474 Note that this does not affect whether the text is justified in the output.
43479 \begin_layout Standard
43480 Note that LyX will not show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
43481 That would be impractical, often unreadable and is not part of the WYSIWYM
43483 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
43486 \begin_layout Section
43490 \begin_layout Standard
43491 A description of this menu is given in section
43492 \begin_inset space ~
43496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43498 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
43503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43505 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
43512 \begin_layout Section
43516 \begin_layout Standard
43517 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
43518 \begin_inset space ~
43522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43524 reference "sub:Margins"
43531 \begin_layout Section
43533 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43535 name "sec:Language-encodings"
43540 \begin_inset Index idx
43543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43544 Language ! Encoding
43552 \begin_layout Standard
43553 The document language and quote styles are set here.
43554 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
43555 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
43556 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
43557 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
43558 known for a particular character).
43562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43563 The known commands are defined in a text file (
43568 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
43573 manual for details.
43581 \begin_layout Standard
43582 If you use the option
43586 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
43587 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
43588 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
43589 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
43590 exactly one encoding.
43591 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
43594 \begin_layout Standard
43595 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
43596 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
43597 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode),
43598 choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
43599 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
43600 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
43605 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
43606 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
43607 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
43608 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
43609 engines to standard LaTeX.
43610 Both engines support Unicode natively.
43611 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
43614 \begin_inset space ~
43621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43633 \begin_inset space ~
43640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43652 \begin_inset space ~
43658 \begin_inset space ~
43662 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43664 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
43669 So if you are using many special or accented characters and
43673 fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
43676 \begin_layout Standard
43680 \begin_inset space ~
43685 determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
43687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43695 The possible settings are:
43698 \begin_layout Description
43699 Default uses the language package that is selected in
43701 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43702 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43706 \begin_inset space ~
43710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43712 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
43719 \begin_layout Description
43720 Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
43721 format you will use.
43722 In many cases this will be
43727 \begin_inset Index idx
43730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43731 LaTeX-packages ! babel
43737 If the newer package
43742 \begin_inset Index idx
43745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43746 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
43751 is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
43752 this package will be used instead of
43759 \begin_layout Description
43761 \begin_inset space ~
43772 would be more appropriate.
43775 \begin_layout Description
43776 Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
43777 For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
43781 (for German texts), type in
43784 \begin_inset Newline newline
43789 usepackage{ngerman}
43792 \begin_layout Description
43793 None will not use a language package.
43794 This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
43797 \begin_layout Standard
43798 Here is a list with the important encodings:
43801 \begin_layout Description
43803 \begin_inset space ~
43807 \begin_inset space ~
43811 \begin_inset space ~
43818 , but the LaTeX-package
43823 \begin_inset Index idx
43826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43827 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
43833 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
43834 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
43835 languages in TeX code.
43838 \begin_layout Description
43839 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
43840 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
43841 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
43844 \begin_layout Description
43846 \begin_inset space ~
43850 \begin_inset space ~
43853 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
43856 \begin_layout Description
43858 \begin_inset space ~
43862 \begin_inset space ~
43865 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
43868 \begin_layout Description
43870 \begin_inset space ~
43873 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
43876 \begin_layout Description
43878 \begin_inset space ~
43882 \begin_inset space ~
43885 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
43886 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
43889 \begin_layout Description
43891 \begin_inset space ~
43895 \begin_inset space ~
43898 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
43902 \begin_layout Description
43904 \begin_inset space ~
43908 \begin_inset space ~
43911 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
43912 ISO-8859-13 encoding
43915 \begin_layout Description
43917 \begin_inset space ~
43921 \begin_inset space ~
43925 \begin_inset space ~
43928 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
43929 \begin_inset space ~
43935 \begin_layout Description
43937 \begin_inset space ~
43941 \begin_inset space ~
43945 \begin_inset space ~
43948 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
43949 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
43952 \begin_layout Description
43954 \begin_inset space ~
43958 \begin_inset space ~
43961 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
43962 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
43963 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43964 \begin_inset space ~
43968 \begin_inset space ~
43974 \begin_layout Description
43976 \begin_inset space ~
43980 \begin_inset space ~
43983 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
43984 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
43985 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
43986 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
43987 \begin_inset space ~
43991 \begin_inset space ~
43997 \begin_layout Description
43999 \begin_inset space ~
44003 \begin_inset space ~
44006 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
44009 \begin_layout Description
44011 \begin_inset space ~
44015 \begin_inset space ~
44018 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
44021 \begin_layout Description
44023 \begin_inset space ~
44027 \begin_inset space ~
44030 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
44033 \begin_layout Description
44035 \begin_inset space ~
44038 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
44041 \begin_layout Description
44043 \begin_inset space ~
44046 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
44049 \begin_layout Description
44051 \begin_inset space ~
44055 \begin_inset space ~
44058 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
44061 \begin_layout Description
44063 \begin_inset space ~
44067 \begin_inset space ~
44073 \begin_layout Description
44075 \begin_inset space ~
44079 \begin_inset space ~
44082 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
44085 \begin_layout Description
44087 \begin_inset space ~
44091 \begin_inset space ~
44097 \begin_layout Description
44099 \begin_inset space ~
44103 \begin_inset space ~
44106 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44111 \begin_inset Index idx
44114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44115 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44120 , when using this, set the document language to
44125 \begin_layout Description
44127 \begin_inset space ~
44131 \begin_inset space ~
44134 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44138 , when using this, set the document language to
44141 \begin_inset space ~
44147 \begin_layout Description
44149 \begin_inset space ~
44153 \begin_inset space ~
44156 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44161 \begin_inset Index idx
44164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44165 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
44170 , when using this, set the document language to
44175 \begin_layout Description
44177 \begin_inset space ~
44181 \begin_inset space ~
44184 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44188 , when using this, set the document language to
44193 \begin_layout Description
44195 \begin_inset space ~
44199 \begin_inset space ~
44202 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
44206 , when using this, set the document language to
44211 \begin_layout Description
44213 \begin_inset space ~
44216 (EUC-KR) for Korean
44219 \begin_layout Description
44221 \begin_inset space ~
44225 \begin_inset space ~
44229 \begin_inset space ~
44232 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
44235 \begin_layout Description
44237 \begin_inset space ~
44241 \begin_inset space ~
44245 \begin_inset space ~
44248 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
44249 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
44250 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
44253 \begin_layout Description
44255 \begin_inset space ~
44259 \begin_inset space ~
44265 \begin_layout Description
44267 \begin_inset space ~
44271 \begin_inset space ~
44274 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
44275 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
44278 \begin_layout Description
44280 \begin_inset space ~
44284 \begin_inset space ~
44287 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
44292 \begin_inset Index idx
44295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44296 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
44301 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
44304 \begin_layout Description
44306 \begin_inset space ~
44310 \begin_inset space ~
44313 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
44321 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
44326 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
44328 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
44331 \begin_layout Description
44333 \begin_inset space ~
44337 \begin_inset space ~
44340 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44345 \begin_inset Index idx
44348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44349 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
44354 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
44357 \begin_layout Description
44359 \begin_inset space ~
44362 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
44367 \begin_inset Index idx
44370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44371 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
44377 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
44381 \begin_layout Description
44383 \begin_inset space ~
44387 \begin_inset space ~
44391 \begin_inset space ~
44394 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
44395 \begin_inset space ~
44401 \begin_layout Description
44403 \begin_inset space ~
44407 \begin_inset space ~
44411 \begin_inset space ~
44414 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
44415 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
44416 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
44420 \begin_layout Description
44422 \begin_inset space ~
44426 \begin_inset space ~
44430 \begin_inset space ~
44433 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
44434 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
44437 \begin_layout Standard
44438 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
44441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44447 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
44451 for more information on the language package.
44454 \begin_layout Section
44456 \begin_inset Index idx
44459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44466 \begin_inset Index idx
44469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44478 \begin_layout Standard
44479 Here you can alter the font color for the main text (default: black) and
44481 \begin_inset space ~
44484 out notes (default: light grey).
44489 sets the color back to the default.
44492 \begin_layout Standard
44493 You can also change the background color for the pages (default: white)
44495 \begin_inset space ~
44498 boxes (default: red).
44501 \begin_layout Standard
44502 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44506 The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
44508 \begin_inset space ~
44511 out note appears blue in the output.)
44519 \begin_layout Standard
44520 Note, if you change the main text font color and use the option
44523 \begin_inset space ~
44528 in the document settings under
44531 \begin_inset space ~
44536 , you probably also need to change the link font color by using
44539 \begin_inset space ~
44547 \begin_inset space ~
44553 For example the option
44556 \begin_layout Standard
44562 \begin_layout Standard
44563 sets the link text color to black.
44564 For more information, see the manual of the LaTeX-package
44569 \begin_inset Index idx
44572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44573 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
44579 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44588 \begin_layout Standard
44589 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
44595 \begin_layout Standard
44596 You can adapt the main text font color and the page background for every
44597 page in your document if you use these commands as TeX
44598 \begin_inset space ~
44601 Code behind a forced page break:
44604 \begin_layout Itemize
44605 For the page color:
44606 \begin_inset Newline newline
44613 pagecolor{color name}
44616 \begin_layout Itemize
44617 For the text color:
44618 \begin_inset Newline newline
44628 \begin_layout Standard
44629 The color name can hereby be one of these:
44662 \begin_inset Newline newline
44665 If you have changed a text or background color, you can use them under the
44669 \begin_layout Itemize
44670 For the page background color:
44671 \begin_inset Newline newline
44676 page_backgroundcolor
44679 \begin_layout Itemize
44680 For the main text color:
44681 \begin_inset Newline newline
44689 \begin_layout Itemize
44691 \begin_inset space ~
44694 box background color:
44695 \begin_inset Newline newline
44703 \begin_layout Itemize
44705 \begin_inset space ~
44708 out note text color:
44709 \begin_inset Newline newline
44717 \begin_layout Standard
44718 To see how to define and use custom colors, see section
44721 \begin_inset space ~
44729 \begin_inset space ~
44737 \begin_layout Section
44741 \begin_layout Standard
44742 Here you can adjust the numbering depth of section headings and the section
44743 depth in the table of contents as described in section
44744 \begin_inset space ~
44748 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44750 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
44757 \begin_layout Section
44761 \begin_layout Standard
44762 Here you can specify a citation style using the LaTeX packages
44767 \begin_inset Index idx
44770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44771 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
44781 \begin_inset Index idx
44784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44785 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
44791 You can enable a sectioned bibliography using the LaTeX package
44796 \begin_inset Index idx
44799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44800 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
44805 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
44807 For a further description see section
44808 \begin_inset space ~
44812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44814 reference "sec:Bibliography"
44821 \begin_layout Section
44825 \begin_layout Standard
44826 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
44827 and you can define additional indexes.
44828 Please refer to section
44829 \begin_inset space ~
44833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44835 reference "sec:Index"
44842 \begin_layout Section
44846 \begin_layout Standard
44847 The PDF properties are explained in section
44848 \begin_inset space ~
44852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44854 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
44861 \begin_layout Section
44865 \begin_layout Standard
44866 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
44871 \begin_inset Index idx
44874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44875 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
44885 \begin_inset Index idx
44888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44889 LaTeX-packages ! esint
44899 \begin_inset Index idx
44902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44903 LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
44913 \begin_inset Index idx
44916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44917 LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
44922 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
44925 \begin_layout Description
44926 amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
44927 ensure that you have enabled
44930 \begin_inset space ~
44938 \begin_layout Description
44939 esint is used for special integral characters, see section
44942 \begin_inset space ~
44954 \begin_layout Description
44955 mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
44966 \begin_layout Description
44967 mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
44969 Chemical Symbols and Equations
44978 \begin_layout Section
44982 \begin_layout Standard
44983 The float placement options are described in section
44986 \begin_inset space ~
44994 \begin_inset space ~
45002 \begin_layout Section
45006 \begin_layout Standard
45007 The listings settings are explained in chapter
45009 Program Code Listings
45014 \begin_inset space ~
45022 \begin_layout Section
45026 \begin_layout Standard
45027 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
45028 The itemize environment is described in section
45029 \begin_inset space ~
45033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45035 reference "sec:Itemize"
45042 \begin_layout Section
45046 \begin_layout Standard
45047 Branches are described in section
45048 \begin_inset space ~
45052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45054 reference "sec:Branches"
45061 \begin_layout Section
45063 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45065 name "sec:Doc-Output"
45072 \begin_layout Standard
45073 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
45076 \begin_layout Description
45078 \begin_inset space ~
45082 \begin_inset space ~
45085 Format: The format that is used when you hit
45086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45105 View Master Document
45106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45113 Update Master Document
45114 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45121 menu or the toolbar.
45122 The default is set in
45124 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45125 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45129 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45135 reference "sec:File-Formats"
45142 \begin_layout Description
45144 \begin_inset space ~
45148 \begin_inset space ~
45151 Output settings for the menu
45153 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45155 \begin_inset space ~
45161 For a detailed description see section
45163 Reverse DVI/PDF search
45168 \begin_inset space ~
45176 \begin_layout Description
45178 \begin_inset space ~
45182 \begin_inset space ~
45185 Options settings for the export format
45193 \begin_inset space ~
45198 will assure that the output follows exactly version
45199 \begin_inset space ~
45202 1.1 of the XHTML standard.
45206 \begin_inset space ~
45211 settings are described in detail in section
45213 Math Output in XHTML
45218 \begin_inset space ~
45224 The scaling is used for the size of equations in the output.
45227 \begin_layout Section
45232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45242 \begin_layout Standard
45243 In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages
45244 or to define LaTeX-commands.
45245 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
45246 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
45250 \begin_layout Standard
45251 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
45252 \begin_inset space ~
45256 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45258 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
45265 \begin_layout Chapter
45271 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45273 name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
45278 \begin_inset Index idx
45281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45290 \begin_layout Standard
45291 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
45293 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45297 It has the following submenus.
45300 \begin_layout Section
45304 \begin_layout Subsection
45308 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45309 User Interface File
45310 \begin_inset Index idx
45313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45314 Customization ! of toolbars
45320 \begin_inset Index idx
45323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45324 Customization ! of menus
45332 \begin_layout Standard
45333 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
45334 interface (ui) file.
45335 A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
45336 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
45345 Both files are loaded by the
45350 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
45351 files and edit the entries.
45354 \begin_layout Standard
45355 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
45367 entries must be finished with an explicit
45392 and in the case of the
45393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45397 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45405 The syntax for the entries is:
45408 \begin_layout Standard
45409 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45437 \begin_layout Standard
45439 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45442 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
45444 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45446 \begin_inset space ~
45454 \begin_layout Standard
45455 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45461 \begin_layout Standard
45462 An example: Assuming you use the menu
45464 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45467 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
45471 \begin_layout Standard
45472 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45496 \begin_layout Standard
45498 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
45502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45509 menu in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
45512 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45516 \begin_layout Standard
45517 Here you can change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
45518 The currently available icon sets are compared in
45519 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45522 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
45529 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45533 \begin_layout Standard
45536 Enable tool tips in main work area
45538 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
45542 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45546 \begin_layout Standard
45549 Restore window layouts and geometries
45551 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
45552 in the last LyX session.
45555 \begin_layout Standard
45558 Restore cursor positions
45560 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of
45564 \begin_layout Standard
45567 Load opened files from last session
45569 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
45572 \begin_layout Standard
45575 Clear all session information
45577 deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
45578 of last opened documents, etc.).
45581 \begin_layout Subsubsection
45583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45585 name "sub:Backup documents"
45590 \begin_inset Index idx
45593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45602 \begin_layout Standard
45605 Backup original documents when saving
45607 creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
45608 it was saved the last time.
45609 It is stored in the same folder as your document or in the
45612 \begin_inset space ~
45618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45620 reference "sec:Paths"
45625 The backup file has the file extension
45626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
45634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
45640 \begin_layout Standard
45643 Backup documents, every
45645 , you can specify the time between backup saves.
45648 \begin_layout Standard
45651 Save documents compressed by default
45653 saves the files always in a compressed format.
45656 \begin_layout Standard
45661 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
45664 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45666 \begin_inset space ~
45674 \begin_layout Standard
45677 Open documents in tabs
45679 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
45683 \begin_layout Standard
45688 is only active if a LyXServer pipe
45692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45694 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45700 reference "sec:Paths"
45704 for information about LyXServer pipes.
45710 If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
45712 Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
45715 \begin_layout Standard
45718 Single close-tab button
45720 there will only be one button (
45723 \begin_inset Graphics
45724 filename ../images/closetab.png
45731 ) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
45732 Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
45735 \begin_layout Standard
45736 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45744 For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
45752 \begin_layout Subsection
45754 \begin_inset Index idx
45757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45764 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45766 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
45773 \begin_layout Standard
45774 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
45777 \begin_layout Standard
45778 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
45781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45786 This section only deals with the fonts
45791 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
45794 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45795 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
45806 \begin_layout Standard
45807 By default, LyX uses
45811 as roman (serif) font,
45819 (depends on the system) as
45822 \begin_inset space ~
45838 \begin_layout Standard
45839 You can change the font size with the
45846 \begin_layout Standard
45851 are calculated as letter height in units of points.
45853 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45856 points have the size of 1
45857 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45861 \begin_inset space ~
45865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45867 reference "chap:Units-available-in"
45872 The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
45873 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45877 The sizes are explained in detail in section
45878 \begin_inset space ~
45882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45884 reference "sub:Document-Font"
45891 \begin_layout Standard
45894 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
45896 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
45897 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
45898 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
45899 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
45901 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
45902 \begin_inset space ~
45908 \begin_layout Subsection
45910 \begin_inset Index idx
45913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45920 \begin_inset Index idx
45923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45932 \begin_layout Standard
45933 Here you can change all the colors used by LyX.
45934 Choose an item in the list and use the
45941 \begin_layout Standard
45942 By using the option
45946 the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
45949 cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
45950 \begin_inset space ~
45954 \begin_inset space ~
45959 are then not customizable and thus not listed.
45962 \begin_layout Subsection
45964 \begin_inset Index idx
45967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45976 \begin_layout Standard
45977 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
45980 \begin_layout Standard
45985 enables previewing snippets of your document.
45986 This feature is described in section
45987 \begin_inset space ~
45991 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45993 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
46000 \begin_layout Standard
46004 \begin_inset space ~
46008 \begin_inset space ~
46012 \begin_inset space ~
46017 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
46020 \begin_layout Section
46022 \begin_inset Index idx
46025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46034 \begin_layout Subsection
46038 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46042 \begin_layout Standard
46045 Cursor follows scrollbar
46047 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
46051 \begin_layout Standard
46052 You can adjust the width of the cursor.
46053 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
46054 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
46057 \begin_layout Standard
46060 Scroll below end of document
46062 is self-explanatory.
46065 \begin_layout Standard
46066 In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
46073 Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
46075 the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
46076 Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
46079 \begin_layout Standard
46082 Sort environments alphabetically
46084 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46087 \begin_layout Standard
46090 Group environments by their category
46092 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
46095 \begin_layout Standard
46096 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
46108 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46112 \begin_layout Standard
46113 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
46118 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
46119 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then
46123 \begin_layout Subsection
46125 \begin_inset Index idx
46128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46135 \begin_inset Index idx
46138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46139 Settings ! Shortcuts
46147 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46151 \begin_layout Standard
46152 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
46153 Several binding files are available:
46156 \begin_layout Description
46157 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
46160 \begin_layout Description
46161 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
46172 \begin_layout Description
46173 mac.bind set of bindings for
46176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46184 \begin_layout Standard
46185 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
46189 , and bind files for special languages.
46190 The names of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
46191 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46195 \begin_inset space \space{}
46199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46207 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
46211 \begin_layout Standard
46212 Some bind-files, like
46216 , have only a small scope.
46217 When looking at the end of the file
46221 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
46224 \begin_layout Subsubsection
46226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46228 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
46233 \begin_inset Index idx
46236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46237 Key Bindings ! Editing
46245 \begin_layout Standard
46246 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
46247 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
46248 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
46251 Show key-bindings containing
46254 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
46255 Insert there for example as keyword
46256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46263 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
46265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46273 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
46274 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
46278 that you will find in the
46285 \begin_layout Standard
46287 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46291 \begin_inset space \space{}
46302 , select the function and press the
46307 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
46308 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
46309 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
46310 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
46311 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
46313 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
46315 The binding for the function
46319 is an example of this.
46322 \begin_layout Standard
46323 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
46325 The syntax of the entries is:
46328 \begin_layout Standard
46334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46352 \begin_layout Subsection
46354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46356 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
46361 \begin_inset Index idx
46364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46371 \begin_inset Index idx
46374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46375 Settings ! Keyboard Map
46383 \begin_layout Standard
46384 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
46385 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
46387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46391 \begin_inset space \space{}
46394 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
46395 can use the keyboard map file named
46402 \begin_layout Standard
46403 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46411 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
46419 \begin_layout Standard
46420 You can furthermore specify here the
46422 Wheel scrolling speed
46425 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
46429 \begin_layout Standard
46434 you can select a key for zooming.
46435 When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
46438 \begin_layout Subsection
46442 \begin_layout Standard
46443 Input completion is described in sec.
46444 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46450 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
46457 \begin_layout Section
46459 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46466 \begin_inset Index idx
46469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46476 \begin_inset Index idx
46479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46488 \begin_layout Description
46490 \begin_inset space ~
46493 directory This is LyX's working directory.
46494 It is the default when you
46505 \begin_inset space ~
46513 \begin_layout Description
46515 \begin_inset space ~
46518 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
46520 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46522 \begin_inset space ~
46526 \begin_inset space ~
46534 \begin_layout Description
46536 \begin_inset space ~
46539 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
46545 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
46549 \begin_inset Newline newline
46553 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
46556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46565 button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
46573 \begin_layout Description
46575 \begin_inset space ~
46579 \begin_inset Index idx
46582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46588 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
46589 If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
46590 \begin_inset space ~
46594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46596 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46604 will be used to save the backups.
46605 \begin_inset Newline newline
46608 Backup files have the ending
46609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46619 \begin_layout Description
46624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46632 \begin_inset space ~
46635 pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
46636 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
46637 \begin_inset Newline newline
46644 You add a BibTeX-database
46649 You can edit this file with the program
46658 you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
46661 \begin_inset space ~
46667 If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
46672 and click on the LyX-symbol.
46673 The entry will now be inserted as citation at the current cursor position
46679 and LyX need of course to be run the same time.
46680 \begin_inset Newline newline
46683 The pipe is also used for the
46688 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46694 reference "sub:Backup documents"
46699 \begin_inset Newline newline
46702 To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
46703 \begin_inset Newline newline
46719 \begin_layout Description
46721 \begin_inset space ~
46724 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
46727 \begin_layout Description
46729 \begin_inset space ~
46732 dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
46733 You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does otherwise not work or
46734 if you want to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
46737 \begin_layout Description
46739 \begin_inset space ~
46742 dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
46748 You only need to specify it if you are using
46752 and spell checking does otherwise not work or if you want to use custom/alterna
46758 is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
46762 \begin_layout Description
46764 \begin_inset space ~
46767 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
46768 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
46769 to find it on the system.
46770 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
46771 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
46773 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46777 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46780 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
46781 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
46784 \begin_layout Description
46786 \begin_inset space ~
46789 prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows to use external files which
46790 are included to a LyX document via commands in TeX code or in the document
46792 This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
46794 The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
46795 of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
46796 If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
46797 scanned for the input files.
46798 Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
46799 to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
46800 It is recommended to include always '.' as one of the paths, otherwise compilati
46801 on may fail for some documents.
46804 \begin_layout Section
46808 \begin_layout Standard
46809 Here you can insert your name and email address.
46810 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
46812 \begin_inset space ~
46816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46818 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
46822 , to mark changes you make as yours.
46825 \begin_layout Section
46827 \begin_inset Index idx
46830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46831 Language ! Settings
46837 \begin_inset Index idx
46840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46841 Settings ! Language
46849 \begin_layout Subsection
46851 \begin_inset CommandInset label
46853 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
46860 \begin_layout Description
46862 \begin_inset space ~
46866 \begin_inset space ~
46869 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
46870 You find the actual translation status here:
46871 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46873 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
46880 \begin_layout Description
46882 \begin_inset space ~
46885 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
46887 Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
46888 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
46889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
46901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
46905 The most widespread language package is
46910 \begin_inset Index idx
46913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46914 LaTeX-packages ! babel
46919 , it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
46920 More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the
46921 alternative language package
46926 \begin_inset Index idx
46929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46930 LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
46935 that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
46936 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
46938 The available selections are described in sec.
46939 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
46943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
46945 reference "sec:Language-encodings"
46952 \begin_layout Description
46954 \begin_inset space ~
46957 start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
46958 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
46959 An example is the start command
46965 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
46970 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
46985 selectlanguage{$$lang}
46990 \begin_layout Description
46992 \begin_inset space ~
47000 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
47001 command toggles the package on and off.
47004 \begin_layout Description
47006 \begin_inset space ~
47010 \begin_inset space ~
47013 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
47017 \begin_layout Description
47019 \begin_inset space ~
47023 \begin_inset space ~
47026 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
47027 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
47028 used by all LaTeX-packages.
47029 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
47036 \begin_layout Description
47038 \begin_inset space ~
47041 begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document
47043 When this option is not set, the
47046 \begin_inset space ~
47051 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
47052 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
47055 \begin_inset space ~
47063 \begin_layout Description
47065 \begin_inset space ~
47071 \begin_inset space ~
47077 When it is not set, the
47080 \begin_inset space ~
47085 is set to the end of the document.
47088 \begin_layout Description
47090 \begin_inset space ~
47094 \begin_inset space ~
47097 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
47098 language will be underlined in blue.
47101 \begin_layout Description
47103 \begin_inset space ~
47107 \begin_inset space ~
47110 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
47111 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
47114 \begin_layout Description
47116 \begin_inset space ~
47119 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
47120 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
47121 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
47122 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
47125 \begin_layout Subsection
47129 \begin_layout Standard
47130 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
47131 \begin_inset space ~
47135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47137 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
47144 \begin_layout Section
47148 \begin_layout Subsection
47152 \begin_layout Description
47154 \begin_inset space ~
47158 \begin_inset space ~
47161 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
47164 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47165 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47167 \begin_inset space ~
47173 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
47177 \begin_layout Description
47179 \begin_inset space ~
47183 \begin_inset Index idx
47186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47193 \begin_inset Index idx
47196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47197 Settings ! Date format
47202 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
47203 \begin_inset Newline newline
47207 \begin_inset Flex URL
47210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47212 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
47218 \begin_inset Newline newline
47221 For example the format
47222 \begin_inset Newline newline
47226 \begin_inset Newline newline
47229 prints the date as day/month/year.
47232 \begin_layout Description
47234 \begin_inset space ~
47238 \begin_inset space ~
47241 export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
47244 \begin_layout Description
47246 \begin_inset space ~
47249 search Commands that will be used for the menu
47251 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47253 \begin_inset space ~
47259 For a detailed description see section
47261 Reverse DVI/PDF search
47266 \begin_inset space ~
47274 \begin_layout Subsection
47276 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47283 \begin_inset Index idx
47286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47293 \begin_inset Index idx
47296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47305 \begin_layout Description
47307 \begin_inset space ~
47310 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
47311 The name will be used when the
47316 \begin_inset Newline newline
47320 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
47323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47328 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
47336 \begin_layout Description
47338 \begin_inset space ~
47341 command is the command LyX
47342 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47346 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
47349 LaTeX uses for printing.
47357 \begin_layout Description
47359 \begin_inset space ~
47363 \begin_inset space ~
47366 Options Here you can specify printer options.
47367 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
47368 of the program that provides the
47375 \begin_layout Description
47377 \begin_inset space ~
47381 \begin_inset space ~
47385 \begin_inset space ~
47388 printer This option works only for the
47393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47405 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
47406 This is an option only for dvips experts.
47409 \begin_layout Subsection
47414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47424 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
47429 \begin_inset Index idx
47432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47441 \begin_layout Description
47443 \begin_inset space ~
47450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47458 \begin_inset space ~
47462 \begin_inset space ~
47465 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
47470 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
47491 are used for Cyrillic.
47492 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
47493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47505 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
47506 LyX sets up in the background.
47507 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
47510 \begin_layout Description
47512 \begin_inset space ~
47516 \begin_inset space ~
47519 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
47524 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
47527 \begin_layout Description
47529 \begin_inset space ~
47533 \begin_inset space ~
47537 \begin_inset space ~
47541 \begin_inset space ~
47544 options They only have an effect when the program
47548 is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
47551 \begin_layout Standard
47552 Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors.
47553 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
47554 manuals of the applications.
47557 \begin_layout Description
47559 \begin_inset space ~
47562 generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
47563 \begin_inset space ~
47567 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47569 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
47576 \begin_layout Description
47578 \begin_inset space ~
47581 generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
47582 \begin_inset space ~
47586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47588 reference "sub:Index-Program"
47595 \begin_layout Description
47597 \begin_inset space ~
47600 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
47601 \begin_inset space ~
47605 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47607 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
47614 \begin_layout Description
47619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47627 \begin_inset space ~
47630 command Command for the program
47634 that is described in the section
47640 Additional Features
47645 \begin_layout Standard
47646 There are additionally the following options:
47649 \begin_layout Description
47651 \begin_inset space ~
47655 \begin_inset space ~
47659 \begin_inset space ~
47663 \begin_inset space ~
47667 \begin_inset space ~
47670 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
47671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
47685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
47688 to separate folders.
47689 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
47690 \begin_inset Index idx
47693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47700 \begin_inset Index idx
47703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47712 \begin_layout Description
47714 \begin_inset space ~
47718 \begin_inset space ~
47722 \begin_inset space ~
47726 \begin_inset space ~
47730 \begin_inset space ~
47734 \begin_inset space ~
47737 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
47739 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
47742 dialog when changing the document class.
47745 \begin_layout Section
47747 \begin_inset space ~
47751 \begin_inset Index idx
47754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47763 \begin_layout Subsection
47765 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47767 name "sub:Converters"
47772 \begin_inset Index idx
47775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47784 \begin_layout Standard
47785 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
47786 from one format to another.
47787 You can modify converters or create new ones.
47788 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
47795 \begin_inset space ~
47805 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
47809 \begin_inset space ~
47814 drop-down list, modify the
47818 field and press the
47825 \begin_layout Standard
47828 Converter File Cache
47830 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
47833 Maximum Age (in days
47836 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
47837 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
47840 \begin_layout Standard
47841 More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
47842 definition, is described in the section
47853 \begin_layout Subsection
47855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47857 name "sec:File-Formats"
47862 \begin_inset Index idx
47865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47872 \begin_inset Index idx
47875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47884 \begin_layout Standard
47885 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
47886 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
47890 \begin_layout Standard
47891 Furthermore, you can define the
47893 Default output format
47895 that is used when you use
47897 View, Update, View Master Document
47901 Update Master Document
47907 menu or the toolbar.
47910 \begin_layout Standard
47911 More about formats and their options is described in the section
47922 \begin_layout Standard
47923 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
47924 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
47925 to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
47926 This is done by specifying a
47931 More about this is described in the section
47942 \begin_layout Chapter
47943 Units available in LyX
47944 \begin_inset Index idx
47947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47956 name "chap:Units-available-in"
47963 \begin_layout Standard
47964 To understand the units described in this documentation,
47965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
47967 reference "tab:Units"
47971 explains all units available in LyX.
47974 \begin_layout Standard
47975 \begin_inset Float table
47981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47982 \begin_inset Caption
47984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
47985 \begin_inset CommandInset label
47999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48000 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
48006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48008 \begin_inset Tabular
48009 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
48010 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
48011 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
48012 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
48014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48112 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48136 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48140 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48163 scaled point (65536
48164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48168 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48224 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
48228 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48256 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48279 % of original image width
48286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
48457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
48466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48468 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
48493 \begin_layout Chapter
48495 \begin_inset CommandInset label
48497 name "chap:Credits"
48504 \begin_layout Standard
48505 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
48506 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
48509 \begin_layout Itemize
48512 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
48515 \begin_layout Itemize
48521 \begin_layout Itemize
48527 \begin_layout Itemize
48533 \begin_layout Itemize
48539 \begin_layout Itemize
48545 \begin_layout Itemize
48551 \begin_layout Itemize
48557 \begin_layout Itemize
48560 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
48563 \begin_layout Itemize
48569 \begin_layout Itemize
48575 \begin_layout Itemize
48581 \begin_layout Itemize
48587 \begin_layout Itemize
48593 \begin_layout Itemize
48599 \begin_layout Itemize
48605 \begin_layout Itemize
48611 \begin_layout Itemize
48613 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
48622 \begin_layout Standard
48623 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
48626 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
48633 \begin_layout Bibliography
48634 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48635 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48636 LatexCommand bibitem
48643 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48646 target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits"
48651 \begin_inset Newline newline
48655 \begin_inset Flex URL
48658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48660 http://www.lyx.org/Credits
48668 \begin_layout Bibliography
48669 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48670 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48671 LatexCommand bibitem
48672 key "latexcompanion"
48676 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
48678 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
48681 Addison-Wesley, 2004
48684 \begin_layout Bibliography
48685 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48686 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48687 LatexCommand bibitem
48692 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
48695 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
48698 Addison-Wesley, 2003
48701 \begin_layout Bibliography
48702 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48703 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48704 LatexCommand bibitem
48711 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
48714 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
48717 \begin_layout Bibliography
48718 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48719 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48720 LatexCommand bibitem
48732 Addison-Wesley, 1984
48735 \begin_layout Bibliography
48736 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48737 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48738 LatexCommand bibitem
48744 \begin_inset Newline newline
48748 \begin_inset Flex URL
48751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48753 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
48761 \begin_layout Bibliography
48762 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48763 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48764 LatexCommand bibitem
48770 \begin_inset Newline newline
48774 \begin_inset Flex URL
48777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48779 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
48787 \begin_layout Bibliography
48788 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48789 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48790 LatexCommand bibitem
48796 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48798 name "Documentation"
48799 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
48808 \begin_inset Newline newline
48812 \begin_inset Flex URL
48815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48817 http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
48825 \begin_layout Bibliography
48826 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48827 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48828 LatexCommand bibitem
48834 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48836 name "Documentation"
48837 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
48841 how to use the program
48846 \begin_inset Newline newline
48850 \begin_inset Flex URL
48853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48855 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
48863 \begin_layout Bibliography
48864 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48865 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48866 LatexCommand bibitem
48872 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48874 name "Documentation"
48875 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
48884 \begin_inset Newline newline
48888 \begin_inset Flex URL
48891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48893 http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
48901 \begin_layout Bibliography
48902 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48903 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48904 LatexCommand bibitem
48910 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48912 name "Documentation"
48913 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
48922 \begin_inset Newline newline
48926 \begin_inset Flex URL
48929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48931 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
48939 \begin_layout Bibliography
48940 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48941 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48942 LatexCommand bibitem
48948 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48950 name "Documentation"
48951 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
48955 of the LaTeX-package
48960 \begin_inset Index idx
48963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48964 LaTeX-packages ! caption
48970 \begin_inset Newline newline
48974 \begin_inset Flex URL
48977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
48979 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
48987 \begin_layout Bibliography
48988 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
48989 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
48990 LatexCommand bibitem
48996 \begin_inset CommandInset href
48998 name "Documentation"
48999 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
49003 of the LaTeX-package
49008 \begin_inset Index idx
49011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49012 LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
49018 \begin_inset Newline newline
49022 \begin_inset Flex URL
49025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49027 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
49035 \begin_layout Bibliography
49036 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49037 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49038 LatexCommand bibitem
49044 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49046 name "Documentation"
49047 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
49051 of the LaTeX-package
49056 \begin_inset Index idx
49059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49060 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
49066 \begin_inset Newline newline
49070 \begin_inset Flex URL
49073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49075 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
49083 \begin_layout Bibliography
49084 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49085 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49086 LatexCommand bibitem
49094 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49096 name "Documentation"
49097 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
49103 of the LaTeX-package
49108 \begin_inset Index idx
49111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49112 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
49118 \begin_inset Newline newline
49122 \begin_inset Flex URL
49125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49127 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
49135 \begin_layout Bibliography
49136 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49137 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49138 LatexCommand bibitem
49144 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49146 name "Documentation"
49147 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
49151 of the LaTeX-package
49156 \begin_inset Index idx
49159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49160 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
49166 \begin_inset Newline newline
49170 \begin_inset Flex URL
49173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49175 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
49183 \begin_layout Bibliography
49184 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49185 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49186 LatexCommand bibitem
49192 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49194 name "Documentation"
49195 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
49199 of the LaTeX-package
49204 \begin_inset Index idx
49207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49208 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
49214 \begin_inset Newline newline
49218 \begin_inset Flex URL
49221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49223 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
49231 \begin_layout Bibliography
49232 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49233 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49234 LatexCommand bibitem
49240 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49242 name "Documentation"
49243 target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
49247 of the LaTeX-package
49252 \begin_inset Index idx
49255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49256 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
49262 \begin_inset Newline newline
49266 \begin_inset Flex URL
49269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49271 http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
49279 \begin_layout Bibliography
49280 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49281 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49282 LatexCommand bibitem
49288 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49290 name "Documentation"
49291 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
49295 of the LaTeX-package
49300 \begin_inset Index idx
49303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49304 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
49310 \begin_inset Newline newline
49314 \begin_inset Flex URL
49317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49319 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
49327 \begin_layout Bibliography
49328 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49329 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49330 LatexCommand bibitem
49336 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49339 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
49343 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
49344 \begin_inset Newline newline
49348 \begin_inset Flex URL
49351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49353 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
49361 \begin_layout Bibliography
49362 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49363 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49364 LatexCommand bibitem
49370 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49373 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
49377 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
49378 \begin_inset Newline newline
49382 \begin_inset Flex URL
49385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49387 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
49395 \begin_layout Bibliography
49396 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49397 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49398 LatexCommand bibitem
49404 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49407 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
49411 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
49412 \begin_inset Newline newline
49416 \begin_inset Flex URL
49419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49421 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
49429 \begin_layout Bibliography
49430 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49431 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49432 LatexCommand bibitem
49438 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49441 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
49445 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
49446 \begin_inset Newline newline
49450 \begin_inset Flex URL
49453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49455 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
49463 \begin_layout Bibliography
49464 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49465 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49466 LatexCommand bibitem
49472 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49475 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
49479 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
49480 \begin_inset Newline newline
49484 \begin_inset Flex URL
49487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49489 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
49497 \begin_layout Bibliography
49498 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49499 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49500 LatexCommand bibitem
49506 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49509 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
49513 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
49514 \begin_inset Newline newline
49518 \begin_inset Flex URL
49521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49523 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
49531 \begin_layout Bibliography
49532 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49533 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49534 LatexCommand bibitem
49540 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49543 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
49547 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
49548 \begin_inset Newline newline
49552 \begin_inset Flex URL
49555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49557 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
49565 \begin_layout Bibliography
49566 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49567 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49568 LatexCommand bibitem
49574 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49577 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
49581 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
49582 \begin_inset Newline newline
49586 \begin_inset Flex URL
49589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49591 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
49599 \begin_layout Bibliography
49600 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49601 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49602 LatexCommand bibitem
49608 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49611 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
49615 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
49616 \begin_inset Newline newline
49620 \begin_inset Flex URL
49623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49625 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
49633 \begin_layout Bibliography
49634 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
49635 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
49636 LatexCommand bibitem
49642 \begin_inset CommandInset href
49645 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
49649 about new features in
49654 \begin_inset Newline newline
49658 \begin_inset Flex URL
49661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49663 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
49671 \begin_layout Standard
49672 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
49679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49706 \begin_inset Note Note
49709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
49716 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
49717 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
49718 bibliography is the second one:
49726 \begin_layout Standard
49727 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
49728 LatexCommand bibtex
49729 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
49730 options "biblio/alphadin"
49737 \begin_layout Standard
49738 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
49741 \begin_layout Standard
49742 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
49743 LatexCommand printnomenclature
49749 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
49750 LatexCommand printindex